JP6550988B2 - Pachinko gaming machine - Google Patents

Description

  It is about a pachinko game machine.

  As a recent pachinko game machine, a big hit lottery with a predetermined probability is made when a game ball enters the starting opening on the game board surface (game area), and if the big hit lottery is won, The pachinko game machine which can shift to the state and open the large winning opening provided on the game board surface and obtain a large number of prize balls is the mainstream. Among the pachinko gaming machines configured in this manner, there is a probability-changing gaming state that increases the winning probability in the jackpot lottery and a time-reducing gaming state that increases the efficiency of symbol variation for notifying the lottery result in the jackpot lottery There are also gaming machines that have the above-mentioned gaming states and create a gaming progress state advantageous to the player by these gaming states, thereby enhancing the interest of the game.

Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-225255 Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2000-225258

  However, since there are many such gaming machines in the past, there is a problem that development of a model that can realize further innovative game characteristics is desired.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
Variable winning opening entrance ball detecting means (for example, large winning opening winning detection device 2121) for detecting the entrance of a game ball to a variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120);
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball having entered the variable winning hole (for example, the special winning port 2120) may enter;
A specific area entering ball detecting means (for example, a specific area entering ball detecting apparatus 2224-1) for detecting entry of the gaming ball into the specific area;
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) that is displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when it is displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or A variable member configured to be difficult to enter compared to the second position and to allow a game ball to enter a specific area when it is displaced to the second position or to enter easily compared to the first position. (Eg, shielding member 2224a),
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low probability lottery state where the propriety determination result is winning in a predetermined probability, at the time of the propriety of the determination result and a high probability lottery condition to be winning with high probability than the predetermined probability, the special game execution A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (eg, specific game control means 1180) ;
An abnormality determining means for measuring a winning ball and a discharging ball to the variable winning opening during execution of the special game, and determining an abnormality when the consistency cannot be obtained ;
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
Even after the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) is closed when ending the unit game, entering of the game ball by the variable winning entering detection means (for example, the big winning opening winning detection device 2121) A winning detection grace period that is a period for which detection is valid, and a specific area entry that is a period for which the detection of a game ball is detected by a specific area entrance detection means (for example, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-2). There is a sphere detection grace period, and
The prize detection grace period is determined based on the predetermined opening / closing timing of the variable prize winning opening (for example, the big winning prize opening 2120), and the specific area entering detection grace period is for predetermined displacement timing of the variable member (for example, shielding member 2224a) Configured to be determined based on
A plurality of determination periods for measuring the winning balls and the discharging balls to the variable winning opening determined by the abnormality determining means are provided,
The pachinko gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the plurality of determination periods is provided over a plurality of unit games having an execution time other than the predetermined execution time .

  According to the pachinko gaming machine according to the present aspect, it is possible to realize further novel gaming characteristics in a gaming machine adopting the concept of creating a gaming progress state advantageous to the player.

FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a game board in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 3 is a front view and a perspective view according to the structure of the special winning opening in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 4 is an operation diagram related to the opening and closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member in the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 5 is an operation diagram related to the opening and closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member in the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 6 is an operation diagram related to the opening and closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member in the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 7 is an operation diagram relating to the opening and closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member in the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 8 is a rear view of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 9 is an overall electrical block diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 11 is a main flowchart on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 12 is a flowchart of auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 13 is a flowchart of the motorized product drive determination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 14 is a flowchart of main game content determination random number acquisition processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 15 is a flowchart of main game symbol display processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a first (second) main game symbol display process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 17 is a table configuration diagram used in a first (second) main game symbol display process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 18 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 19 is a flowchart of special game operating condition determination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 20 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 21 is a flowchart of special game start control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 22 is a flowchart of the sorting winning prize opening control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 23 is an opening / closing mode determination table on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the sorting large winning opening opening / closing control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 25 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 26 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a discharge ball abnormality detection process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 28 is a flowchart of shielding member drive control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 29 is a flowchart of distribution round control termination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 30 is a flowchart of the normal winning opening control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 31 is a flowchart of the normal winning opening opening and closing control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 32 is a flowchart of normal preparation time control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 33 is a flowchart of the normal winning control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 34 is a flowchart of normal round control termination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 35 is a flowchart of special game end control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 36 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination processing after the end of the special game on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 37 is a main flow chart on the side of the sub main control unit in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 38 is a flowchart of the hold information management process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 39 is a flowchart of decorative symbol display content determination processing on the sub main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 40 is a flowchart of a decorative symbol display control process on the side of the sub main control unit in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 41 is a flowchart of the special game display control process on the sub main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 42 is a flowchart of special game effect execution processing on the sub main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 43 is a flowchart of special game end effect execution processing on the side of the sub main control unit in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 44 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution winning prize port is at the long opening A and the discharge ball abnormality is not detected at the time of special game execution on the main control device side. FIG. 45 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution winning combination port is at the long opening A and the discharge ball abnormality is detected when the special game is performed on the main control device side. FIG. 46 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution winning combination port is long open B and the discharge ball abnormality is not detected at the time of special game execution on the main control device side. FIG. 47 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution winning combination port is long open B and discharge ball abnormality is detected when the special game is performed on the main control device side. FIG. 48 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution winning prize port is short-opened and discharge ball abnormality non-detection is performed at the time of special game execution on the main control device side. FIG. 49 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution winning prize port is short-opened and discharge ball abnormality is detected at the time of special game execution on the main control device side. FIG. 50 is a flowchart of special game control processing and discharge ball abnormality recovery processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the present embodiment. FIG. 51 is a flowchart of the distribution large winning opening opening / closing control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment. FIG. 52 is a flowchart of the distribution winning prize opening and closing execution processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment. FIG. 53 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment. FIG. 54 is a flow chart of the process of waiting for specific area winning on the side of the main control device in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment. FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the distribution winning combination control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment. FIG. 56 is an operation diagram at the time when the sorting prize winning opening is long open A and the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the special game execution on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from this embodiment is there. FIG. 57 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment when the sorting large winning opening is short-opened and discharge ball abnormality is detected at the time of special game execution on the main control device side. . FIG. 58 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of a vibration sensor in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 59 is a plan view and a side view of a pickup in a vibration sensor in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 60 is an overall electrical configuration diagram of a pachinko gaming machine according to a second embodiment. FIG. 61 is a main flow chart on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 62 is a flowchart of vibration sensor monitoring processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 63 is a flow chart of the distribution winning prize opening control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 64 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 65 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 66 is a flowchart of a discharge ball abnormality detection process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 67 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment at the time when a discharge ball abnormality is not detected at the time of special game execution on the main control device side. FIG. 68 is an operation diagram at the time of discharge ball abnormality detection at the time of special game execution on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 69 is a flowchart of the distribution winning prize opening control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 70 is a flowchart of a winning ball / discharge ball management process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 71 is a flowchart of a discharge ball abnormality detection process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 72 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 73 is a flowchart of distribution winning control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 74 is a flowchart of shielding member drive control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 75 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 76 is a flowchart of special game end control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 77 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment, during execution of a special game on the main control device side. FIG. 78 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment when a discharge ball abnormality is not detected while a special game is being performed on the main control device side. FIG. 79 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment when a discharge ball abnormality is detected while a special game is being performed on the main control device side. FIG. 80 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the special game end demonstration on the main control device side. FIG. 81 is an operation diagram at the time of discharge ball abnormality detection in the special game end demonstration on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment. FIG. 82 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to a third embodiment. FIG. 83 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 84 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 85 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination process after the end of the special game on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 86 is a main flowchart on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 87 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 88 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 89 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 90 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the third embodiment. FIG. 91 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the third embodiment. FIG. 92 is a flowchart of the special game control process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 93 is a flowchart of the discharge status setting process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 94 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 95 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 96 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 97 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 98 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 99 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. FIG. 100 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. FIG. 101 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the fourth embodiment.

Form to carry out

  First, the meaning of each term in this specification will be described. “Open state, open state” and “closed state, closed state” are, for example, in the configuration of a general big prize opening (so-called attacker), open state = easy-to-win state and closed state = non-winning state It will be easy. Also, for example, a state protruding from the game board (player side) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as advance state) and a state of being retracted into the game board (side opposite to the player side) (hereinafter referred to as retreat state) In a configuration (so-called Vero-type attacker) capable of taking the above condition, the advancing state = the winning easy state, and the retreating state = the winning non-easiness state. The term "entry" includes not only winnings where the winning balls are paid out, but also passing to "through chuckers" where there is no winning balls paid out. “Random number (random number value)” is not particularly limited as long as it is a random number used in a lottery (lottery by an electronic computer) for determining some game content in a pachinko game machine. For example, in addition to a random number in a narrow sense Also includes pseudo-random numbers (for example, hard random numbers as random numbers and soft random numbers as pseudo-random numbers). For example, the so-called “basic random numbers” that affect the outcome of the game, specifically, “winning random numbers (random numbers for success / failure lottery)” related to the transition of special games, and the variation mode (or variation time) of the identification symbol "Variation mode determination random number" for determining, "symbol determination random number" for determining a stop symbol, "hit symbol determination random number" for determining whether or not to shift to a specific game (for example, probability variation game) after a special game, etc. be able to. When determining the content of the variation mode or the content of the fixed identification information, it is not necessary to use all these random numbers, and at least one random number which is the same as or different from each other may be used. Also, in this specification, the number of random numbers may be displayed in the form of the number of random numbers or a plurality of random numbers, but one entry (for example, starting entrance) that triggers the acquisition of random numbers. The random number acquired by entering the ball is referred to as one (ie, in the above example, a bundle of random numbers such as a winning random number + a variation mode determination random number + a symbol determination random number ... is referred to as a single random number) . Also, for example, one type of random number (for example, a winning random number) may also be another type of random number (for example, a symbol determination random number). In addition, after the predetermined time has elapsed since the variable winning opening was closed upon the satisfaction of the unit game ending condition, the entry detection by the specific area entering detection means in the given unit game is made. The term "effectively ineffective" basically means that the ball is detected in these designs in terms of the mechanism of the structure such as the variable winning opening and the specific area and in the control processing related to the unit game. Although it is intended to invalidate all detection of entering sphere under a situation without a collision, for example, it is considered that entering a sphere detection is effective only for a moment even under the situation Under an infinite period (for example, 10 hours has passed or immediately before the power of the gaming machine is turned off) under a situation where the situation can be continued indefinitely (for example, until 10 hours or until the power of the gaming machine is turned off) ) Including making the ball entry detection effective, etc., that is, it is intended that the embodiment is also included in the meaning of “ineffectiveing” such an aspect unless it significantly deviates from the meaning. "

  The following embodiment is a model in which two conventional type 1 pachinko gaming machines are mixed (type 1 first type compound machine). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is applicable to other game machines (for example, conventional 1st type, 2nd type, 3rd type, general pachinko game machines such as general electric roles). . The present embodiment is merely an example, and the order of each step regarding various processes such as the location and function of each means, the on / off timing of the flag, the name of the means responsible for the process of each step, and the specific However, the present invention is not limited to the following modes. In addition, the above-described embodiments and modified examples should not be understood as being limited to being applied to specific items, and may be in any combination. For example, it should be understood that a modification of one embodiment is a modification of another embodiment, and even if one modification and another modification are independently described, It should be understood that a combination of the modified example and another modified example is also described. Further, in the present embodiment, there are a lottery table and a reference table regarding various tables, but these are not limited, and the lottery table may be a reference table or vice versa {for example, in the present embodiment As will be described later, the table referred to when determining the variation mode of the first main game symbol and the table referred to when determining the variation mode of the second main game symbol are different reference tables (variation However, the present invention is not limited to this, and all variation modes that can be selected as the variation mode of the first main game symbol and the variation mode of the second main game symbol are provided as one variation pattern table. If the reference range is different between the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol, it is provided as a separate reference table. It may be configured}.

(This embodiment)
Prior to the description of the characteristic part of the present embodiment, first, the basic structure of the front side of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Pachinko gaming machines are mainly composed of gaming machine slots and gaming boards. Hereinafter, these will be described in order.

  First, the gaming machine frame of the pachinko gaming machine includes an outer frame 102, a front frame 104, a transparent plate 106, a door 108, an upper ball tray 110, a lower ball tray 112, and a firing handle 116. First, the outer frame 102 is a frame for fixing the pachinko gaming machine to a position where it should be installed. The front frame 104 is a frame body aligned with the opening portion of the outer frame 102, and is attached to the outer frame 102 through a hinge mechanism (not shown) so as to be opened and closed. The front frame 104 includes a mechanism for launching a game ball, a mechanism for detachably storing a game board, a mechanism for guiding or collecting the game ball, and the like. The transparent plate 106 is made of glass or the like and is supported by the door 108. The door 108 is attached to the front frame 104 through an unillustrated hinge mechanism so as to be opened and closed. The upper ball tray 110 has a mechanism for storing game balls, sending out the game balls to the launch rail, and removing the game balls from the lower ball tray 112. The lower ball tray 112 has a mechanism for storing and extracting game balls. In addition, speakers 114 are provided at the upper right and upper left of the front frame 104, and sound effects corresponding to the gaming state and the like are output.

  Next, the game board 100 has a game area 120 defined by an outer rail 122 and an inner rail 124. In addition, the game area 120 includes a plurality of game nails and windmills (not shown), various general winning holes, a game ball guide rail 130, a first main game start port 2210, a second main game start port 2110, An auxiliary game start port 2410, a distribution prize winning port 2220, a normal prize winning port 2120, a center decoration 192, and an out port 142 are provided. Further, although not shown in detail, a first main game symbol display device 2130, a second main game symbol display device 2230, an auxiliary game symbol display device 2420, and the like are also provided on the front side of the game board. Hereinafter, the configuration according to the present embodiment will be described.

  First, the first main game start port 2210 is installed as a start winning port corresponding to the first main game. As a specific configuration, the first main game start port 2210 includes a first main game start opening ball detection device (first ball detection device) 2211 (not shown). Here, the first main game start port entrance detection device 2211 is a sensor that detects the entrance of a game ball into the first main game start port 2210, and the first main game start that indicates the entrance at the time of entrance. Generate ball entry information.

  Next, the second main game start port 2110 is installed as a start winning port corresponding to the second main game. Specifically, the second main game start port 2110 includes a second main game start port entrance detection device (second entrance detection device) 2111 (not shown) and a second main game start port electric accessory ( Electric accessory) 2112. Here, the second main game start entrance entrance detection device 2111 is a sensor for detecting the entrance of a game ball into the second main game start entrance 2110, and the second main game start indicating the entrance at the time of entrance. Generate ball entry information. Next, the electric role thing 2112 changes the closed state where the game ball is hard to win in the second main game start opening 2110 and the open state where the game ball is easier to win than the normal state.

  In the present embodiment, the electric combination is provided on the second main game start port 2110 side, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the electric combination is provided on the first main game start port 2210 side. May be Furthermore, in this embodiment, the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 are spaced apart, and a game ball flowing down the left side of the game region 120 (based on the center of the game region) A game ball that is easy to be guided to the first main game start port 2210 but difficult to be guided to the second main game start port 2110 and that flows down to the right side of the game region 120 (based on the center of the game region) Although it is difficult to be guided to the main game start port 2210, it is configured to be easily guided to the second main game start port 2110. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 may be arranged adjacent to each other. In addition, "it is easy to be induced" and "it is hard to be induced" are determined by the size of the number of balls when 10000 balls are respectively emitted to the right and left sides of the game ball, for example.

  Next, the auxiliary game start port 2410 includes an auxiliary game start port entrance detection device (entrance detection device) 2411 (not shown). Here, the auxiliary game start port entrance detection device 2411 (not shown) is a sensor that detects the entrance of a game ball into the auxiliary game start port 2410, and indicates an auxiliary game start entrance into the auxiliary game start port 2410. Generate sphere information. It should be noted that the entry of the game ball into the auxiliary game start port 2410 is a trigger for a lottery for expanding the electric combination 2112 of the second main game start port 2110.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the game ball flowing down on the right side of the game area 120 (reference to the center of the game area) is easily guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410, while the left side of the game area 120 (reference to the center of the game area). ) Is configured to be difficult to be guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410 (but is not limited to this, the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area) May be configured to be easily guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410}.

  Next, in the present embodiment, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening are located at the lower right side of the game area 120 (based on the middle of the game area) and at the upper right position of the second main game start opening 2110. And 2120 are provided. In this embodiment, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are provided close to each other in the vertical direction (as viewed from the player), and the distribution big prize opening 2220 is the normal big prize opening 2120. Located above (viewed by the player). Hereinafter, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 will be described in detail.

  First, referring to FIG. 2, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, a game ball launched during a special game enters the big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening 2220 or the normal big prize opening 2120). Explain.

  FIG. 6A shows a state where a game ball enters the distribution big prize opening 2220, and FIG. 10B shows a state where a game ball enters the normal big prize opening 2120. As shown in (a) and (b) of the figure, when a player launches a game ball toward the right side (viewed by the player) of the game board 100 during the execution of the special game, the game is launched. The gaming ball enters the gaming ball guiding rail 130 which is wider than the gaming ball 1 and narrower than the gaming ball 2 through the entrance of the gaming ball guiding rail 130. Thereafter, the game balls released from the exit of the game ball induction rail 130 flow toward the large winning opening (the distribution large winning opening 2220 or the normal large winning opening 2120). As a result, as shown in (a) of the figure, when the large allocation winning opening 2220 is open, the player enters the allocation large winning opening 2220, and as shown in (b) of FIG. In addition, when the normal big winning opening 2120 is open, the normal big winning opening 2120 is entered.

  Here, when the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment is continuously fired (when the firing handle is continuously twisted), it is also referred to as a predetermined firing interval (“launch speed”. In this example, 100 per minute. The game ball is fired at the departure. Under such a configuration, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, following the opening of the distribution prize winning opening 2220, the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120 (or following the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120). When the distribution grand prize winning port 2220 is opened), the closing time of both the big prize winning ports (the time until one of the big prize winning ports is closed and the other big winning prize opening is opened) It is set shorter than the firing interval. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a useless ball that does not win any of the big winning ports due to the closing time of both big winning ports.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the structure of the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 will be described in detail. First, in the distribution large winning opening 2220, there are roughly provided a distribution winning detection device 2221, a specific region 2224, a shielding member 2224a, a specific region entrance detection device 2224-1, and a discharge ball detection device 2224-2. In general, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is generally provided with a normal winning detection device 2121. Hereinafter, the structure of these special winning openings will be described.

  First, as shown in FIG. 3, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is in an open state when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. This is a winning opening corresponding to the main game, which is formed in a horizontal rectangular shape and is located above the normal winning opening 2120 (as viewed from the player). As a specific configuration, the allocation prize winning port 2220 includes an allocation prize detection device 2221 for detecting the entrance of a game ball, an allocated electric accessory 2222, a specific area 2224, and a specific area 2224. A shielding member 2224a that shields the entrance of the game ball, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 for detecting the entrance of the game ball into the specific area, and an exit ball detection apparatus 2224 for detecting the exit ball. -2. Here, the distribution winning detection device 2221 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the distribution large winning opening 2220, and generates distribution large winning opening entry information indicating the entering at the time of entering the ball. . The distribution motor combination 2222 changes the distribution large prize winning port 2220 to a normal state in which a game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. The specific area 2224 becomes a determinant of the gaming state after the end of the special game depending on whether or not the game ball has entered. When the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), the game area has entered the specific area 2224. When it becomes possible (or easy) and the shielding member 2224a is in a closed state (advanced state), it is configured such that it is impossible (or difficult) for a game ball to enter the specific area 2224. In addition, the specific area insertion detection device 2224-1 is a sensor that detects the insertion of the gaming ball into the specific area 2224, and generates specific area insertion information indicating the ball entry when entering the ball. In addition, since the game ball entered into the sorting large winning opening 2220 is configured to pass either one of the specific area ball entry detection device 2224-1 and the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. The specific region entrance detection device 2224-1 also serves as a sensor for detecting the exit ball (also generates exit ball entrance information when entering the ball). The discharged ball detection device 2224-2 is a sensor that detects a game ball that has been discharged without entering the specific area 2224 after entering the large allocation winning opening 2220. Generate sphere information. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win, and an open state where the game ball is easy to win (an inclined type attacker). However, it is not limited to this. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Velo type attacker), which is preferable when it is desired to secure that the number of balls entering the big winning opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  Next, the normal prize winning opening 2120 has a horizontal rectangular shape that is opened when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. The winning opening corresponding to the main game is located below the major winning opening 2220 (as viewed from the player). As a specific configuration, the normal special winning opening 2120 is provided with a normal winning detection device 2121 for detecting the entry of the game ball, and a normal electric role 2122. Here, the regular winning detection device 2121 is a sensor that detects the entry of the gaming ball into the regular winning opening 2120, and generates regular winning opening entry information indicating the entry at the time of entry. The normal electric accessory 2122 changes the normal prize winning opening 2120 in a normal state in which the game ball cannot be won or difficult to win in the normal prize winning opening 2120 and an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win, and an open state where the game ball is easy to win (an inclined type attacker). However, it is not limited to this. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Velo type attacker), which is preferable when it is desired to secure that the number of balls entering the big winning opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  In addition, the flow path direction of the game ball of the distribution winning detection device 2221, the distribution flow path 132, the specific area insertion detection device 2224-1, the discharge ball detection device 2224-2, the normal winning detection device 2121, and the normal flow path 134. It is desirable that the cross-sectional area of the cross section perpendicular to can pass one game ball smoothly but cannot (or difficult) pass two game balls. By configuring in this manner, it is possible to reduce a situation in which a plurality of gaming balls are clogged in the flow path (the distribution flow path 132, the normal flow path 134) and can not flow down.

  In addition, since the two big winning entrances are close to each other, even in a situation where either the distribution big winning opening 2220 or the normal big winning opening 2120 is in a state where it is easy to enter the ball, Since it is sufficient to aim, a game can be performed without changing the launch strength of the game ball. In this case, since it is easy for the player to visually recognize which large winning opening is in the easy entry state, it is possible to execute the game with less discomfort and burden for the player.

  In addition, as described later, when the allocation big prize opening 2220 whose availability is greatly related to the profit of the player is set above the normal big prize opening 2120, a game ball is caught in the normal big prize opening 2120, etc. Even if it is not closed due to an accident (usually when the flow of the game ball below the big prize opening 2120 is blocked), the game ball can be entered if the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened. Further, in this example, since the specific area 2224 and the specific area clogged detection apparatus 2224-1 (discharged ball detection apparatus 2224-2) are provided below the distribution prize detection apparatus 2221, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 Therefore, it is possible to save space by providing the above on the normal winning opening 2120.

  Next, the flow-down mode of the gaming ball having entered the large winning opening (the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the normal large winning opening 2120) according to the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  First, the game ball that has entered the distribution big prize opening 2220 passes through the distribution prize detection device 2221, flows down the distribution channel 132, and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-provided in the specific area 2224-. 1 and the discharged ball detection device 2224-2. When the shielding member 2224a is in the closed state (advanced state), the game balls that have flowed down cannot pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, but all pass through the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. It will be. On the other hand, when the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), the game ball that has flowed down passes through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 depending on the shape of the distribution channel 132. When the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), it is desirable that all the game balls that have flowed down pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (in order not to impair the player's profit). . Therefore, it is preferable to configure the shape of the distribution channel 132 (particularly, the shape of the right side surface of the distribution channel) so that the game balls that have flowed down can easily pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1. As will be described later, in the present embodiment, the sum of the number of game balls that have passed the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 and the game that has passed the distribution prize detection device 2221. Whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball is determined by whether or not the number of balls is equal.

  On the other hand, the gaming ball having entered the normal special winning opening 2120 passes through the normal winning detection device 2121, and flows down the normal flow path 134 and is discharged. In addition, a device for detecting a discharge ball is not provided in the normal special winning opening 2120.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 7, the operation pattern of each member (the distribution large winning opening 2220, the normal large winning opening 2120 and the shielding member 2224a) in a special game will be described. Here, these figures exemplify a case where a discharge ball abnormality is not detected and a case where a discharge ball abnormality is detected in the seventh round at the time of the special game according to the 3A design in the present embodiment. In addition, the opening mode of the distribution special winning opening 2220 in the seventh round at the time of the special game concerning the 3A symbol is long opening A, and the opening mode of the normal special winning opening 2120 in the eighth round is long opening B (opening Details of the mode will be described later).

  First, FIG. 4A shows a state in which the seventh round of the special game relating to the 3A symbol is started, and the sorting large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are simultaneously opened (opening of 52 ms). At this timing, the game ball has not entered the distribution winning combination port 2220 yet.

  Next, FIG. 4B shows a state in which a predetermined time A (in this example, 52 ms) has elapsed from the timing of (a), and the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are simultaneously closed. The predetermined time A (52 ms in this example) is a very short time as the opening time of the large allocation winning opening 2220, so the game ball still enters the large distribution winning opening 2220 at this timing. Not.

  Next, in FIG. 5C, after a predetermined time B (2600 ms in this example) has elapsed from the timing of FIG. This indicates a state in which the player has entered the big prize opening 2220 (when the opening of the big prize opening is not terminated by a predetermined number of balls entering the big prize opening, the opening time of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is 28800 ms, which is blocked. The opening time of the member 2224a is 31400 ms). A game ball that has passed through the distribution winning detection device 2221 and has reached the shielding member 2224a enters the specific region 2224 and is detected by the specific region entrance detection device 2224-1.

  Next, FIG. 5D shows a state in which the opening period of the allocation big prize opening 2220 is ended and the distribution big prize opening 2220 is closed. Note that the game ball remains inside the sorting prize winning port 2220. Further, the shielding member 2224a remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 6E, a predetermined time B (200 ms in this example) elapses from the end of the opening period of the sorting large winning opening 2220, and the eighth round is started and the normal large winning opening 2120 is opened. Represents the situation. Note that the game ball remains inside the sorting prize winning port 2220. Further, the shielding member 2224a remains open.

  Next, FIG. 6F shows a state in which the driving of the shielding member 2224a is finished because the shielding member 2224a is closed and there is no detection of the discharge ball abnormality at the timing after (e). The normal special winning opening 2120 remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 7G, at the timing after (e), when the shielding member 2224a is closed, the game ball remaining inside the allocation large winning opening 2220 is sandwiched between the shielding member 2224a. It represents a state where the distribution channel 132 is parked. As a result, a discharge ball abnormality is detected. The normal special winning opening 2120 remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 7 (h), since the discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing after (g), the driving of the shielding member 2224a is continued, and the shielding member 2224a is opened again (short opening of 52 ms). It represents the state. When the shielding member 2224a is opened, the game ball sandwiched between the shielding members 2224a and stopped in the distribution channel 132 is discharged, and the discharged ball abnormality is eliminated. The normal special winning opening 2120 remains open.

  The above is a description of the special winning opening, but the remaining configuration will be described with reference to FIG. 1 again. First, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (the second main game symbol display device 2230) is associated with the first main game symbol (the second main game symbol) corresponding to the first main game (the second main game) It is a device that performs display and the like. Specifically, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (the second main game symbol display device 2230) includes a first main game symbol display portion 2131 (the second main game symbol display portion 2231) and a first main game. And a symbol hold display unit 2132 (second main game symbol hold display unit 2232). Here, the first main game symbol holding display unit 2132 (the second main game symbol holding display unit 2232) is composed of four lamps, and the number of lighting of the lamps is the first main game (second main game) This corresponds to the number of random numbers held (the number of main game symbols that have not been executed). The first main game symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) is formed of, for example, a 7-segment LED, and the first main game symbol (second main game symbol) is "0" to "9". "10" numbers displayed with "" and a "-" sign for loses {However, this is not limited to this, a 7-segment LED is used to make it difficult for the player to recognize which main game symbol is displayed. It is preferable to use and display by a symbol or the like. In addition, the hold number display is not limited to being composed of four lamps, but can be configured to display a maximum of four hold numbers (for example, composed of one lamp, (Equation 1: lighting, hold number 2: slow blink, hold number 3: medium blink, hold number 4: fast blink)).

  Since the first main game symbol (second main game symbol) does not necessarily have an effect role, in this embodiment, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). The size of is set to be inconspicuous. However, in the case of adopting a technique that does not display the first decorative symbol (second decorative symbol) by giving the first main gaming symbol (second main gaming symbol) itself an effect role, an effect described later A first main game symbol (second main game symbol) may be displayed on a liquid crystal display such as the display device 2140.

  Next, the effect display device 2140 is a device that executes display of effect images including a decorative symbol that fluctuates / stops in conjunction with the first main gaming symbol and the second main gaming symbol. Here, as a specific configuration, the effect display device 2140 includes a decoration symbol display area 2311 where an effect is executed including a decorative symbol variation display, a first hold display unit 2312a, and a second hold display unit 2312b. And. Here, the decorative symbol display area 2311 displays, for example, moving images of the decorative symbol variation in a plurality of rows imitating a game of a slot machine in the central area of the screen. Although the effect display device 2140 is configured by a liquid crystal display in the present embodiment, it may be configured by other display means such as a mechanical drum or an LED. Next, the hold display unit 2312 is composed of four lamps, which are linked to the hold lamp of the main game symbol.

  Next, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 is a device that executes display related to the auxiliary game symbols. As a specific configuration, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 includes an auxiliary game symbol display portion 2421 and an auxiliary game symbol hold display portion 2422. Here, the auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2422 is composed of four lamps, and the number of lighting of the lamps corresponds to the number of auxiliary game symbol changes held (the number of auxiliary game symbol changes that have not been executed).

  Finally, the center decoration 192 is installed around the effect display device 2140, and has functions such as a channel of the game ball, protection of the effect display device 2140, and decoration. In addition, the game effect lamp 190 is provided in the game area 120 or an area other than the game area 120, and plays an effect by blinking and the like. In addition, the game effect lamp 190 (not shown) is provided in the game area 120 or an area other than the game area 120, and plays an effect by blinking or the like. Further, the speaker 114 has a function of outputting sound such as voice and music.

  Next, the basic structure on the back side of the pachinko gaming machine will be described with reference to FIG. The pachinko gaming machine controls the overall operation of the pachinko gaming machine, and in particular controls the overall game operation such as lottery when entering the first main game starting port 2210 (second main game starting port 2110) (ie, game Main control device (main board) 1000 that performs control directly related to the profits of the player, and effect control means (sub control) that performs display control related to various effects on the effect display device 2140 that adds interest to the game content Main control unit) 2320, an effect display device (sub-sub control unit) 2310 that mainly performs effect display, and supply from the prize ball tank 212 in accordance with the prize ball tank 212, the prize ball rail 214, and each prize opening. A prize ball payout mechanism (set base) 210 having a payout unit 216 for paying out the game balls to be played to the upper ball tray 110, and a prize ball payout control device for controlling a payout operation by the payout unit 216 Award ball delivery control board) 3000, a launching device 232 that launches game balls (reserved balls) of the upper ball tray 110 to the game area 120 one by one, a launch control board 230 that controls the launching operation of the launching device 232, A power supply unit 290 that supplies power to each part of the pachinko gaming machine, a power switch 292 that is a switch for turning on / off the power of the pachinko gaming machine, and the like are provided on the rear surface of the front frame 104 (opposite to the gaming side).

  Next, the electrical schematic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. First, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, as described above, pays out a game ball based on the main controller 1000 that controls the progress of the game and information (signals, commands, etc.) from the main controller 1000. Based on information (signals, commands, etc.) from the prize ball payout control board 3000 to be controlled, various effects on the effect display device 2140 such as variation / stop of decoration symbols, sound from the speaker 114, A sub control board 2000 for controlling execution of lighting of a game effect lamp 190 (not shown in FIG. 1), error notification and the like, and a power supply unit 290 for supplying power to the entire gaming machine including these control boards It is configured as a subject. The sub-control board 2000 includes a sub-main control unit 2320 for controlling various effects on the effect display device 2140 such as decoration pattern change / stop, sound from the speaker 114, lighting of the game effect lamp 190, and error notification. And two control units of a sub-sub control unit 2310 that executes display processing such as variation display / stop display of the decorative symbol on the effect display device 2140 and suspension display or notice display. Here, main controller 1000, award ball payout control substrate 3000, sub main control unit 2320, and sub sub control unit 2310 are a CPU that performs various arithmetic processing, and a ROM that stores in advance a program that defines the arithmetic processing of the CPU. A RAM for temporarily storing data handled by the CPU (various data generated during the game, a computer program read from the ROM, etc.) is mounted. Hereinafter, a schematic configuration of each substrate and an electrical connection mode between each substrate / device will be outlined.

  First, the main controller 1000 includes a ball sensor S {the first main game start entrance entrance detection device 2211, the second main game start entrance entrance detection device 2111, the auxiliary game start entrance entrance detection device 2411, Winning detection device 2121, distribution winning detection device 2221, specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, discharge ball detection device 2224-2, general winning detection device (not shown, but the general entrance is a prize ball , Etc., etc.), drive solenoids (not shown) (usually, large prize opening electric combination solenoid 2122a, distribution large prize opening electric combination solenoid 2222a, etc.), information display LED ( It is electrically connected to an input / output device that is indispensable for the progress of the game, such as (not shown), and controls the progress of the game based on the input signal from each input device. Further, the main controller 1000 is also electrically connected to the prize ball payout control board 3000 and the sub control board 2000 (sub-main control part 2320 / sub-sub control part 2310), and the prize ball payout is based on the progress of the game. And the like (commands) relating to the award ball payout control board 3000 and information (commands) relating to performance / game progress etc. to the sub-control board 2000. The main control device 1000 can be connected to the hall computer H or the like via an external connection terminal (not shown), and is connected to the hall computer H via the external connection terminal so that the main control device 1000 can be connected. The game-related information can be output from an external device to an external device.

  Further, in the present embodiment, as indicated by arrows in FIG. 9, the main control device 1000 and the prize ball payout control substrate 3000 are configured to be capable of bi-directional communication, while the main control device 1000 and the sub main The control unit 2320 is configured to enable one-way communication from the main control apparatus 1000 to the sub main control unit 2320 (the communication method may use either serial communication or parallel communication). Communication between control boards (between control devices) may be one-way communication or two-way communication. Further, main control apparatus 1000 and hall computer H are configured to enable one-way communication from main control apparatus 1000 to the hall computer, and game related information, discharge ball abnormality information, fraud detection command and the like are transmitted. Ru.

  Next, the prize ball payout control substrate 3000 is a prize ball payout mechanism 210 that executes payout of gaming balls and a device that can be operated by the player, and receives a request for lending the gaming balls and transmits it to the prize ball payout control substrate 3000. Connected to the game ball lending device 200. Further, although not shown, in the present embodiment, the control circuit unit of the launcher is additionally provided in the prize ball payout control board, and the prize ball payout control board and the launcher (launch handle, launch motor, ball feed device Etc.). In the present embodiment, the game ball lending device 200 is used separately as a form adjacent to the game machine, but may be integrated with the game machine, in which case, the prize ball payout control board 3000 is used for lending. Control and management control of a recording medium for lending such as electronic money may be integrated.

  Next, the sub control board 2000 is connected to the effect display device 2140 for displaying a decorative symbol etc. as described above, the speaker 114, the game effect lamp 190, and other drive devices for effect (not shown). In the present embodiment, as described above, the sub main control unit 2320 and the sub sub control unit 2310 are included in the sub control board 2000, and the control of the sound output from the speaker 114 by the sub main control unit 2320 Lighting control of the lamp 190 and determination control of display content to be displayed on the effect display device are performed, and display control (substantial display control) on the effect display device is performed by the sub-sub control unit 2310 It is configured. In the present embodiment, the sub main control unit 2320 and the sub control unit 2310 are configured to be integrated by the sub control substrate 2000, but the present invention is not limited to this (configured as a separate substrate However, it is possible to reduce the situation that space is merited and noise is mixed into the wiring or the like by being configured to be integrated). Further, the work assignment in both control units can be appropriately changed, for example, such as causing the sub-sub control unit 2310 to execute voice control (suitable in the case where a voice control circuit is integrated with VDP). Also, electronic value may be given without giving a physical award ball as a prize ball.

  Next, various functions of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. First, the main control device 1000 includes gaming peripheral devices (first main gaming peripheral device A, second main gaming peripheral device B, first and second main gaming shared peripheral device C, auxiliary gaming peripheral device D), The sub-main control unit 2320 (production display control means 2320) related to the production is connected to a prize ball payout control board 3000 that performs payout control of a predetermined number of prize balls based on a payout instruction from the main control device 1000 so that information can be transmitted. ing. Further, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320) is electrically connected to the sub sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) for executing image effects, various game effect lamps 190 (for example, side lamps), the speaker 114, and the like. It is connected. Furthermore, the prize ball payout control substrate 3000 is electrically connected to a prize ball dispenser including a stepping motor, a sprocket, and the like. The main control device 1000, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320), the sub sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310), the prize ball payout control board 3000, and the like store data and programs in hardware. And ROM, RAM, and elements such as a CPU used for arithmetic processing. In the following description, each means included in the main controller 1000 may be configured to be mounted on a peripheral device {for example, a game peripheral device}. For example, each unit included in the peripheral device {eg, game peripheral device} may be configured to be mounted on the main control device 1000. The details of each means (device) will be described below.

  First, the main control device 1000 includes a game control means 1100 that manages main control (main game (first main game, second main game, special game)), auxiliary game, and general game, and various game information on the sub-control board 2000 side. {For example, stop symbol information, stop symbol attribute information {for example, 16R big hit, 8R big hit, 4R big hit, losing}, information on variation mode (for example, variation time), special game start signal / state information / end signal, Information transmission control means 1300 (and a command transmission buffer 1301 for accumulating unsent commands) for transmitting the hold information, etc., and a predetermined winning ball is paid out based on the winning of the game ball to various winning ports. And a prize ball payout determination means 1400 for controlling the prize ball payout control substrate 3000.

  Here, the game control means 1100 determines the ball entering determination means 1110 for determining the inflow of the game ball to each ball entry port (starting port etc.) and determines whether or not each random number can be acquired, and based on the determination result The random number acquisition determination execution means 1120 for acquiring the respective random numbers, the suspension control means 1130 for temporarily storing the ball entering each starting opening during variable display as the suspension ball within the upper limit number, and the first to be described later A random determination means 1135 for determining whether a special game is successful or not and whether the electric accessory 2112 is open based on the main game side random number, the second main game side random number, or the auxiliary game side random number; The symbol content determination means 1140 for determining the variation mode (variation time etc.), the display control means 1150 for performing control to display variation and stop display of each symbol, and the electric combination 2 of the second main game start opening 2110 The electric character object opening and closing control means 1160 for performing various processing directly related to the opening and closing decision of 12, the special game control means 1170 which controls the control regarding the special game advantageous to the player than the normal game, the first main game and With regard to the second main game and the auxiliary game, the determination of which gaming state to shift the current gaming state, and the specific game control means 1180 for performing processing to shift the gaming state based on the determination, current and past Gaming state [eg, main gaming related state {normal gaming state, specified gaming state (probability fluctuation gaming state, time shortening gaming state), special gaming state}, auxiliary gaming related state (easy open state, non easy open state), main Stop symbol and variation mode information related to game symbols and auxiliary game symbols, on / off status of various flags, game state during special game (for example, number of rounds and winning number information)], etc. It has a game state temporary storage means 1190 for storing temporarily a. Each means will be described in detail below.

  First, the entrance determination means 1110 is directed to the first main game start entrance entrance determination means 1111 and the second main game start entrance 2110 that determine whether or not a game ball has entered the first main game start entrance 2210. Second main game start entry ball entry determination means 1112 which determines whether or not the game ball has entered the ball, and auxiliary game entry ball entry determination which determines whether or not the game ball has flowed into the auxiliary game start port 2410 And means 1113.

  Next, the random number acquisition determination execution means 1120 determines whether or not to acquire the first main game side random number based on the entry of the game ball to the first main game start opening 2210, and according to the determination result First main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 for acquiring a random number (for example, first winning random number, first variation mode determination random number, first main game symbol determination random number, etc.), and game to second main game start opening 2110 It is determined whether to acquire the second main game side random number based on the entry of the ball, and the random number (for example, the second winning random number, the second variation mode determination random number, the second main game symbol pattern according to the determination result The second main game random number acquisition judgment execution means 1122 which acquires the decision random number etc., and the possibility of acquisition of the auxiliary game side selection random number, it judges the auxiliary game random number acquisition judgment execution for acquiring the said random number based on the judgment result And means 1123.

  Here, “the random number” in the claims and the present specification including the above includes, for example, “0” to “65535” or It is a value randomly selected from a predetermined range such as “0” to “255”. The random number may not be a mathematically generated random number, but may be a pseudo random number generated by a hardware random number, a software random number, or the like. For example, the expression method of each value in the random number is a method (plus one method) in which the values are sequentially expressed along the random number sequence, the next value when the final value of the random number sequence is expressed (initial value ) With a contingent value (initial value update method), a combination of these, and the like.

  Next, the hold control means 1130 determines whether or not to temporarily store the first main game random number acquired in the situation where the first main game symbol variation permission has not been lowered, and based on the determination result, the random number is determined. The first main game symbol holding means 1131 for holding in the first main game symbol holding information temporary storage means 1131a until the symbol fluctuation permission is obtained, and the second obtained in the situation where the second main game symbol fluctuation permission has not come down It is determined whether or not the main gaming side random number is temporarily stored, and based on the determination result, the second main gaming symbol for holding the random number in the second main game symbol holding information temporary storage unit 1132a until the symbol variation permission is obtained. It is determined whether the temporary storage means 1132 and the auxiliary gaming side random number acquired in the situation where the auxiliary gaming symbol variation permission has not been lowered is temporarily stored, and the symbol variation permission is lowered based on the determination result. Up has an auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133 for holding the auxiliary game symbol reservation information temporary storage means 1133a, the. Here, the first main game symbol holding means 1131, the second main game symbol holding means 1132 and the auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133 temporarily store the random numbers which can be stored up to four in combination with the holding order. The first main game symbol holding information temporary storage unit 1131a, the second main game symbol holding information temporary storage unit 1132a, and the auxiliary game symbol holding information temporary storage unit 1133a are provided.

  Next, the success or failure lottery means 1135 decides to shift to a special game when it is a hit as a result of the success or failure lottery (for example, it internally turns on a hit flag) special game transition determination means 1135a, and a success or failure lottery And a success / failure lottery table 1135b which is referred to when performing. Here, the lottery table for success lottery 1135b performs a lottery for success or failure regarding the first main gaming winning lottery table 1135b-1 and the second main gaming symbol, which are referred to when performing the lottery for the first main gaming symbol. And a second main game acceptance lottery table 1135b-3 to be referred to in the following. An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later.

  Next, the symbol content determination means 1140 determines the stop symbol and variation mode (variation time, etc.) of the first main game symbol based on the acquired game content determination random number (first main game random number). A second main game content determination means 1142 for determining a stop pattern and a variation mode (variation time etc.) of the second main game symbol based on the determination means 1141 and the acquired game content determination random number (second main game random number); It has the auxiliary game content determination means 1143 which determines the stop pattern of an auxiliary game symbol based on the acquired auxiliary game symbol winning random number.

  Here, the first main game content determination means 1141 has a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol or a variation mode related to the first main game symbol, The first main game content determination lottery table 1141a includes various lottery tables that differ depending on the result of the success / failure and the gaming state (for example, with regard to the gaming state, the lottery table for the first main game normal gaming state, Probability change game → first main game probability change game state lottery table, time reduction game → first main game time reduction game state lottery table). The second main game content determination means 1142 has a second main game content determination lottery table 1142a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol or a variation mode related to the second main game symbol. The two main game content determination lottery table 1142a includes various lottery tables that differ depending on the result of the success / failure and the game state (for example, with regard to the game state, the lottery table for the second main game normal game state, the probability Floating game → second main game probability variable game state lottery table, time reduction game → second main game time reduction game state lottery table). An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later. Furthermore, the auxiliary game content determination means 1143 has an auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol related to the auxiliary game symbol, and the auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a includes: Various winning tables that differ depending on the game state are provided (normal game → auxiliary game normal lottery table, probability variation game and time shortening game → auxiliary game time shortening lottery table).

  Next, the first main display control means 1150 performs control to display a stop on the first main game symbol display unit 2131 of the first main game symbol display device 2130 after changing the first main game symbol for a predetermined time. Second main game symbol that performs control to stop display after changing the second main game symbol for a predetermined time on the second main game symbol display portion 2231 of the game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol display device 2230 When random numbers are temporarily stored in any of the control means 1152, the first main game symbol holding information temporary storage means 1131a and the second main game symbol holding information temporary storage means 1132a, any random number holding means is temporary A main gaming symbol hold releasing control means 1154 for deciding whether to prioritize the variation of the main gaming symbol based on the stored random number, and the auxiliary gaming symbol display portion 242 of the auxiliary gaming symbol display device 2420 Above, and an auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 for performing the control for stopping the display after varying the predetermined time auxiliary game design.

  Here, the first main game symbol control means 1151 further has a first main game symbol fluctuation time management means 1151a for managing the fluctuation time according to the fluctuation mode determined by the first main game content determination means 1141. doing. In addition, the first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a further has a first main game symbol variation management timer 1151a-1 (decrement counter) which can be cleared to zero. Next, the second main game symbol control means 1152 further has a second main game symbol fluctuation time management means 1152a for managing the fluctuation time according to the fluctuation mode determined by the second main game content determination means 1142 doing. Further, the second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a further has a second main game symbol variation management timer 1152a-1 (decrement counter) which can be cleared to zero. Further, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 has auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a for managing the variation time of the auxiliary game symbols on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421 of the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420. . In addition, the auxiliary gaming symbol fluctuation time management means 1153a further includes an auxiliary gaming symbol fluctuation management timer 1153a-1 capable of measuring time.

  Next, the motorized product opening / closing control means 1160 and the condition judging means 1161 for judging whether the condition for performing the process of opening and closing the motorized toy 2112 of the second main game start port 2110 is satisfied. And an opening timer 1162 for measuring the driving (opening) time of the electric accessory 2112 in the second main game starting port 2110.

  Next, the special game control means 1170 determines whether or not the conditions for shifting to the special game are satisfied. Specifically, the special game (bonus) execution permission flag is generated. If the condition determination means 1171 for determining whether or not there is satisfied and the special game transition condition is satisfied, the contents of the special game (specifically, the big winning opening to be opened, the number of rounds, the time between rounds) )) In the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and a special game (big hit) in which the normal prize winning port 2120 or the distribution big prize winning port 2220 is opened under a predetermined condition. A special game execution control means 1173 for executing, a distribution big prize opening control means 1174 for executing a special game (big hit) in which the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened under a predetermined condition, And a normal and special winning opening control means 1175, for performing a special game (jackpot) that the normal winning opening 2120 to the open state under a predetermined condition. Here, the special game content determination unit 1172 includes a special game content reference table 1172a that is referred to when specifying the content of the special game to be set in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and at the time of execution of the special game. It further has an open / close mode determination table 1172b for determining the open / close mode of the distribution large winning port 2220 and the normal special winning port 2120 (details of the special game content reference table 1172a are not shown). The special game execution control means 1173 further includes a round number counter 1173a for measuring the number of rounds, and an end demo execution timer 1173b for measuring the execution time of the end demo display. In addition, the sorting prize winning opening control means 1174 includes a sorting round timer 1174a for managing the opening / closing timing of the sorting prize winning opening 2220, and a sorting prize waiting timer 1174b for measuring the sort winning wait time. A distribution round end timer 1174c for counting a round end standby time, a discharge standby timer 1174d for counting a time for discharging a game ball entered into the distribution large winning opening 2220, and a distribution prize detection device A distribution winning prize counter 1174e that measures the game balls detected by 2221, a discharge number counter 1174f that measures the game balls detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 and the discharge ball detection device 2224-2, and a shielding member And a shielding member drive control means 1174-1 for controlling displacement drive of 2224a. The shielding member drive control means 1174-1 further includes a specific area winning standby timer 1174-1a for measuring the specific area winning standby time. Also, the normal winning a prize opening control means 1175 includes a normal round timer 1175a for managing the opening / closing timing of the normal winning a prize opening 2120, a normal winning awaiting timer 1175b for measuring a normal winning awaiting time, and a round end waiting time. And a normal round end timer 1175c for measuring the game time, and a normal winning number counter 1175d for measuring the game ball detected by the normal winning detection device 2121.

  Next, the specific game control means 1180 has specific game end condition determination means 1181 for determining whether or not the end condition for the specific game state is satisfied. Here, the specific game end condition determining means 1181 further includes a probability variation number counter 1181a capable of counting the probability variation game number, and a time reduction number counter 1181b capable of counting the time reduction number. Here, the “specific game” is, for example, a probability variation game in which the lottery probability for the special game is higher than that in the normal game, or a time reduction game in which the fluctuation time of the main gaming symbol is relatively shorter than that in the normal game. Point to.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the variation time of the first main gaming symbol and the second main gaming symbol is relatively shortened (time shortening function) during time saving compared to during time saving. Furthermore, the variation time of the auxiliary game symbol is relatively shortened, and the open extension time of the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game start port 2110 is relatively extended (open time extension function). In addition, the time saving in this embodiment ends when the sum of the number of changes in the first main game symbol and the number of changes in the second main game symbol exceeds a predetermined number (except for the probability change game with no time reduction limit) ). That is, the time reduction number is configured to be subtracted for each change (stop) of the first main gaming symbol and the second main gaming symbol. In addition, the above-mentioned specific game end condition judging means 1181 has a function to carry out a transfer lottery from a specific game (for example, a probability change game or a time shortening game) to a normal game at a predetermined probability every time the symbol changes. Good (in the case of pachinko machines with a falling lottery function).

  Next, the game state temporary storage means 1190 is a first main game state temporary memory means for temporarily storing the current game state in the first main game (the game from the change of the first main game symbol to the stop). 1191, second main game state temporary storage means 1192 for temporarily storing the current game state in the second main game (game from the change of the second main game symbol to the stop), and the current in auxiliary game The auxiliary gaming state temporary storage means 1193 for temporarily storing the gaming state and the current gaming state in the special game (for example, the number of rounds, the number of winning game balls in any round, on / off of various flags related to special games, etc.) Special game-related information temporary storage means 1194 for temporary storage, and the current game state in the specific game (for example, the remaining number of time reductions, each of the specific game Specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 for temporarily storing flag on / off etc.) and current game state in sorting game (for example, presence or absence of winning, on / off of various flags related to sorting game etc) Distribution game-related information temporary storage means 1197 for performing the game.

  Here, the first main gaming state temporary storage means 1191 is a first flag temporary storage means 1191a for temporarily storing on / off information of various flags in various gaming states relating to the first main game, and a first main main body currently being changed. It has a first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191 b for temporarily storing stop symbols and change mode information relating to a game symbol (the first main game symbol for which a change start condition is established).

  Further, the second main game state temporary storage means 1192 is a second flag temporary storage means 1192a for temporarily storing on / off information of various flags in various game states related to the second main game, and the second main game currently being changed. It has a second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192 b for temporarily storing the stop symbol and the variation mode information related to the symbol (the second main game symbol for which the variation start condition is established).

  In addition, the auxiliary game state temporary storage means 1193 is used to temporarily store information related to the auxiliary game (for example, on / off information of various flags such as an auxiliary game symbol winning flag, an opening extension flag, and a time shortening flag). A storage means 1193a and an auxiliary gaming symbol information temporary storage means 1193b for temporarily storing information such as a stop symbol relating to an auxiliary gaming symbol (an auxiliary gaming symbol for which a variation start condition is satisfied) which is currently fluctuating .

  Next, game peripheral devices will be described. Note that some of the peripheral devices have already been described in detail, so the remaining configuration will be briefly described. First, the gaming peripherals are a first main gaming peripheral A which is a peripheral of the first main gaming side, a second main gaming peripheral B which is a peripheral of the second main gaming side, and a first main gaming side And 1st and 2nd main game common peripherals C which are common peripherals on the 2nd main game side, auxiliary game peripheral D regarding auxiliary game, sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320), sub sub control A unit 2310 (effect display device 2140) and the like are included. Here, the effects controlled by the sub main control unit 2320 include the variation of the decorative symbol in a form synchronized in time with the variation of the first main gaming symbol and the second main gaming symbol, in the game result. It concerns only the display of information that has no effect. Hereinafter, these peripheral devices will be described in order.

  First, the first main game peripheral device A includes a first main game start port 2210 that triggers a transition to a special game, and a first main game symbol display device 2130 that can perform stop display and change display of the first main game symbol. ,have.

  Next, the second main game peripheral device B is a second main game start display 2110 that triggers a transition to a special game, and a second main game symbol display device 2230 that can perform stop display and change display of the second main game symbol. And.

  Next, the first and second main game common peripheral devices C are in the closed state in the normal game, and the predetermined condition in the rounds other than the predetermined round (for example, odd round) of the special game (big hit) The special big winning opening 2120 which is opened in the lower state and the closed state in the case of the normal game, and in the predetermined round of the special game, the distribution big winning which is opened in the predetermined condition in the case of the sorting game And a mouth 2220. The other configurations have been described above and will not be described.

  Next, the auxiliary game peripheral device D has an auxiliary game start port 2410 that triggers the opening of the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game start port 2110, and an auxiliary game symbol that can display stop and change display of the auxiliary game symbols. And a display device 2420.

  Here, the effect display control means (sub main control unit) 2320 is a display information receiving means 2321 for receiving various information from the main control device 1000 side, and a process of determining and displaying the variation pattern of the decorative symbol and the stop symbol Decorative symbol display control means 2322 in charge of control processing, costumed holding information display control means 2323 in charge of holding number management of decorative symbols and pending display processing, and effect general information temporary for temporarily storing information related to overall effect control A storage unit 2324, an error control unit 2325 which controls control processing relating to notification of various errors, and an information transmission / reception control unit 2400 which controls information transmission / reception with the sub-sub control unit 2310 side. The respective means will be described in detail below.

  First, the display information receiving means 2321 has main-side information temporary storage means 2321a for temporarily storing symbol information and display instruction information related to the first main game and the second main game from the main controller 1000 side. .

  Next, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 is based on the information from the main controller 1000 side, and the decorative symbol display content determining means 2322a for determining the stop symbol and the variation mode of the decorative symbol, and the decorative symbol display variation A drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c for temporarily storing various types of information (variation mode information, stop symbol information, various flags, etc.), and a diagram variation time management timer 2322d for measuring the variation time of the decorative symbols, ,have. Here, the drawing display content determination means 2322a has a drawing variation content determination lottery (reference) table 2322a-1 that is referred to when determining the stop symbol and variation mode of the decorative symbol. An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later.

  Next, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 has a drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323 a for temporarily storing information on the hold related to the decorative symbol.

  Further, the effect display means (sub-sub control unit) 2310 is an image display control means for displaying an image on the decorative symbol display area 2311, the first hold display part 2312a, and the second hold display part 2312b which are display areas on the effect display device 2140. 2313 and sub information transmission / reception control means 2450 for controlling information transmission / reception with the sub main control unit 2320 side. Here, the image display control unit 2313 further includes an image display related information temporary storage unit 2313a for temporarily storing commands received from the sub main control unit 2320 side and information related to various image displays.

  The first main game symbol display device 2130, the second main game symbol display device 2230, and the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 are connected to the main control device 1000 so as to be able to transmit information, and the remaining sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display) A means 2310) is connected to the effect display control means 2320 so as to be able to transmit information. That is, the first main game symbol display device 2130, the second main game symbol display device 2230, and the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 are controlled by the main control device 1000, and the sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) displays an effect display. It means that it is controlled by the control means 2320. Alternatively, another peripheral device may be controlled via another peripheral device controlled by main controller 1000 by one-way communication (one-way communication).

  Next, FIG. 11 is a main flowchart showing the flow of general processing performed by main controller 1000. After powering on the gaming machine, the process of FIG. That is, after power on of the gaming machine, after performing initial setting (not shown), the main control unit 1000 confirms the input port of the RAM clear button in step 4002, and resets the power supply unit 290 Button) has been operated, that is, whether or not an operation of clearing the contents of the RAM has been performed intentionally by a game hall manager or the like. In the case of Yes in step 4002, in step 4004, main controller 1000 clears all RAM contents (for example, information in game state temporary storage means 1190) on the main controller 1000 side. Next, at step 4006, the information transmission control means 1300 transmits to the sub main control unit 2320 ram clear information (command) indicating that the RAM of the main control device 1000 has been cleared (even at this timing Alternatively, a command may be set at this timing and transmitted by a control command transmission process described later), and the process proceeds to step 4018. On the other hand, if No in step 4002, main controller 1000 checks the contents of the RAM area in main controller 1000 in step 4008 (for example, it is stored in the checksum and RAM area recorded at the time of power interruption) Comparison with the amount of information). Next, in step 4010, main controller 1000 determines whether or not the contents of the RAM are normal (whether or not the information at the time of power interruption is correctly backed up in RAM) based on the check result. If YES in step 4010, that is, if the data backed up in the RAM is abnormal, the processing proceeds to step 4004 (RAM clear processing described above). On the other hand, if the result of step 4010 is NO, that is, if the data backed up in the RAM is normal, the main control unit 1000 transmits various information commands to the sub main control unit 2320 side in step 4012 Alternatively, a command may be set at this timing and transmitted by a control command transmission process described later). Next, at step 4013, main controller 1000 refers to the flag area of specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and determines whether or not the probability change transition reservation flag is on. If Yes in step 4013, the main control device 1000 transmits a high profit redisplay command to the sub main control unit 2320 side in step 4014 (may be transmitted at this timing, or the command is set at that timing). (Alternatively, it may be configured to transmit in a control command transmission process to be described later), and the process proceeds to step 4015. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 4013, the process proceeds to step 4015. Next, in step 4015, the main controller 1000 resets the distribution prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 4018. In this process, by resetting the distribution winning prize counter value and the discharge number counter value, it is possible to recover from the discharge ball abnormality. Next, in step 4018, main controller 1000 triggers an execution scheduled interrupt (for example, a hardware interrupt every about 1.5 ms) related to the main processing on main controller 1000 side indicated by step 1000 in the figure. However, in this example, the interrupt cycle is set to T) (as a result, when the execution fixed interrupt timing is reached, step 1000 in the figure is executed), and the process proceeds to step 4020. . After shifting to step 4020, main controller 1000 repeatedly executes various random number update processes (for example, increment process of random number counter) until the next scheduled interrupt timing is reached.

  Next, timer interrupt processing will be described. Main controller 1000 executes the process shown in FIG. 5B based on an interrupt request generated when the scheduled interrupt timing is reached. That is, triggered by the arrival of the scheduled interrupt period T (for example, a hardware interrupt about every 1.5 ms), in step 1100, the main controller 1000 executes an auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition process described later. Next, in step 1200, main controller 1000 executes a motorized product drive determination process described later. Next, in step 1300, the main control device 1000 executes a main game content determination random number acquisition process described later. Next, in step 1400, main controller 1000 executes main gaming symbol display processing described later. Next, in step 2000, main controller 1000 executes a special game operating condition determination process described later. Next, in step 2100, the main control device 1000 executes special game control processing described later. Next, in step 3000, the main control device 1000 (particularly the winning ball payout determining means 1400) performs a winning ball payout control process (drive control of the winning ball payout mechanism 210, etc.) based on the winning opening on which the gaming ball has won. Processing for causing the payout control board 3000 to execute and managing the result is executed. Next, in step 3100, main controller 1000 executes external signal output processing (information output to external terminal board, hall computer H, etc.) (game-related information, discharge ball abnormality information, fraud detection command, etc.). Send). Next, at step 3200, main controller 1000 transmits a control command transmission process (the command set in each process described above is transmitted to the sub-main control unit side, and the sub-main control unit 2320 side performs an effect according to the command. To return to the process that was being executed immediately before the execution of this interrupt process.

  Next, NMI interrupt processing will be described. As described above, the main control device 1000 is configured such that the power interruption signal from the reset IC is input to the NMI terminal of the CPU, and the processing of FIG. Be done. That is, when the power of the gaming machine is turned off (in the present example, at the NMI interruption), at step 4604, the main control apparatus 1000 sets the power-off time information (for example, checksum) based on the information of the RAM area. Next, in step 4606, the main control device 1000 inhibits writing to the RAM area, prohibits timer interrupt processing, and shifts to a power-off wait loop processing.

  Next, FIG. 12 is a flowchart of the auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition processing according to the subroutine of step 1100 in FIG. First, in step 1102, the auxiliary game entrance entrance determination means 1113 determines whether or not a game ball enters (inflow, passes in the case of a gate) into the auxiliary game start port 2410. In the case of Yes in step 1102, in step 1104, the auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 refers to the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a, and determines whether or not the number of hold balls is not the upper limit (for example, 4). . In the case of Yes in step 1104, in step 1106, the auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 acquires an auxiliary game content determination random number (for example, an auxiliary game symbol winning random number). Next, in step 1108, the auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133 adds 1 hold ball in the form of setting the random number in the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a together with information on what number of holds. Return to the caller of this subroutine. Also in the case of No in step 1102 or step 1104, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 13 is a flow chart of a motorized prize drive determination process according to the subroutine of step 1200 in FIG. First, at step 1202, the motorized product opening / closing control means 1160 refers to the flag area of the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a to determine whether the motorized character opening flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 1202, in step 1204, the auxiliary gaming symbol control means 1153 determines whether or not the auxiliary gaming symbol variation flag is off with reference to the flag area of the auxiliary gaming related information temporary storage means 1193a. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1204, in step 1206, the auxiliary game content determination unit 1143 accesses the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage unit 1133a, and determines whether or not there is a hold ball related to the auxiliary game symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1206, in step 1216, the auxiliary game content determination means 1143 refers to the auxiliary game state temporary storage means 1193 to acquire the game state of the auxiliary game side (flag state of auxiliary game time short flag). Referring to the auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a, a stop symbol is determined based on the acquired auxiliary game side gaming state and the auxiliary game symbol random number based on the reserved ball (for example, when the auxiliary game short time flag is on) Is selected with high probability compared to the case of being off) and temporarily stored in the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b. Next, in step 1218, the auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a stores the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 in the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 based on the game state on the auxiliary game side (flag state of the auxiliary game short time flag). A predetermined time relating to the fluctuation time (for example, 5 seconds when the auxiliary game time short flag is on, and 30 seconds when the auxiliary game time short flag is off) is set. Then, at step 1220, the auxiliary gaming symbol control means 1153 turns on the auxiliary gaming symbol variation flag in the auxiliary gaming related information temporary storage means 1193a. Next, in step 1222, the auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133 updates the hold information recorded in the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a after subtracting 1 from the reserved ball related to the auxiliary game symbol, and also assists. After starting the auxiliary gaming symbol variation management timer 1153a-1, the gaming symbol control means 1153 starts the variation display of the auxiliary gaming symbol on the auxiliary gaming symbol display portion 2421. Next, at step 1224, the auxiliary gaming symbol fluctuation time management means 1153a refers to the auxiliary gaming symbol fluctuation management timer 1153a-1 and determines whether or not a predetermined time related to the fluctuation time of the auxiliary gaming symbol has been reached. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1224, in step 1226, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 refers to the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b, acquires the stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol, and stops the acquired auxiliary game symbol. The symbol is fixedly displayed on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421. Then, at step 1228, the auxiliary gaming symbol control means 1153 turns off the auxiliary gaming symbol variation flag in the auxiliary gaming related information temporary storage means 1193a. Next, in step 1230, the condition determination means 1161 determines whether or not the stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol is "hit". In the case of Yes in Step 1230, in Step 1232, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 relates to the opening time of the electric accessory in the opening timer 1162 based on the auxiliary gaming side gaming state (the flag state of the auxiliary gaming short time flag). A predetermined time (for example, 6 seconds if the auxiliary game short flag is on, 0.5 seconds if the auxiliary game short flag is off) is set. Next, at step 1234, the motorized prize open / close control means 1160 turns on the motorized prize open flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. Then, at step 1236, the electrically driven combination open / close control means 1160 opens the electrically operated combination 2112 of the second main game start opening 2110. Next, in step 1238, the motorized product opening / closing control means 1160 refers to the release timer 1162 to determine whether or not a predetermined time related to the release time of the motorized product has been reached. In the case of Yes in step 1238, in step 1240 and step 1242, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 closes the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110, and in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. The motor-operated part open flag is turned off, and the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  If NO in step 1202, the process proceeds to step 1238. If NO in step 1204, the process proceeds to step 1224. If NO in step 1206, step 1224, step 1230, or step 1238, this subroutine is executed. Return to the caller of

  Moreover, in this flowchart, after the stop symbol display in step 1226 for convenience, although it transfers to the following step immediately after, it is not limited to this. In that case, the process may be configured to shift to the next process after the stop display fixed time of about 500 ms (for example, this process is performed by performing the branch process using the stop display fixed flag and the timer). Is achievable).

  Next, FIG. 14 is a flowchart of the main game content determination random number acquisition process according to the subroutine of step 1300 in FIG. First, in step 1302, the first main game start opening entrance determination means 1111 receives the first main game start opening entrance information from the first main game start opening entrance detection device 2211 of the first main game start opening 2210. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1302, in step 1304, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 refers to the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a and holds on the main game (especially the first main game side) It is determined whether or not the number of spheres is not the upper limit (for example, four). In the case of Yes in step 1304, in step 1306, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 acquires the first main game content determination random number. In the present embodiment, as a first main game content determination random number, a random lottery random number for determining success or failure, a symbol lottery random number for determining a symbol when hit, and a variation pattern (variation time) of special symbols are determined. Three random numbers of variation mode lottery random number to be acquired. Incidentally, these three random numbers are generated from random number generation means having different update periods and random number ranges, and are sequentially acquired at this timing. Next, in Step 1308, the first main game symbol hold means 1131 stores the first main game content determination random number in the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a. Next, in step 1310, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information (hold generation command) to the effect that the first main game random number has been acquired, to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320. To do. Next, in step 1311, the information transmission control means 1300 sets the award ball command to the award ball payout control substrate 3000 in the command transmission buffer 1301 (by the control command transmission process of step 3200, to the prize ball payout control substrate 3000 side). The process proceeds to step 1312. Next, in step 1312, the second main game start slot entrance ball judging means 1112 receives second main game start slot entrance ball information from the second main game start slot entrance ball detector 2111 of the second main game start slot 2110. It is determined whether or not it has been received. In the case of Yes in step 1312, in step 1314, the second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122 refers to the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132 a and holds on the main game (especially the second main game side) It is determined whether or not the number of spheres is not the upper limit (for example, four). In the case of Yes in step 1314, in step 1316, the second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122 acquires the second main game content determination random number. In the present embodiment, as the second main game content determination random number, similarly to the first main game content determination means, three random numbers of success lottery random number, symbol lottery random number, and variation aspect lottery random number are acquired. Incidentally, the acquisition range of each random number of the first main game content determination random number and the acquisition range of each random number of the second main game content determination random number (for example, the first lottery random number for the first main game and the right lottery random number for the second main game) Are set to the same range. Next, in step 1318, the second main game symbol hold means 1132 stores the second main game content determination random number in the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a. Next, in step 1320, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information indicating that the second main game random number has been acquired (pending occurrence command) in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320. To do. Next, in step 1321, the information transmission control unit 1300 sets the winning ball command to the winning ball payout control substrate 3000 in the command transmission buffer 1301 (by the control command transmission processing of step 3200, the winning ball payout control substrate 3000 side And return to the caller of this subroutine. If NO in step 1302 or step 1304, the process proceeds to step 1312. If NO in step 1312 or step 1314, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  In the present embodiment, the information to the effect that the random number is acquired is transmitted as the information to be transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 in steps 1310 and 1320, but the information of the random number and the main game symbol The number of reservations may be attached and transmitted, and the information indicating that a random number has been acquired can be substituted by these pieces of information.

  Next, FIG. 15 is a flowchart of the main game symbol display process according to the subroutine of step 1400 in FIG. First, in step 1401, the main game symbol hold release control means 1154 refers to the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, and confirms whether there is no hold of the second main game symbol. If Yes in step 1401, in step 1400 (1), the main control device 1000 executes first main game symbol display processing described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No at step 1401, the main control device 1000 executes a second main game symbol display process described later at step 1400 (2), and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Thus, in the present embodiment, when there is a holding ball of the second main game symbol, regardless of the presence of the holding ball of the first main game symbol (even if the winning order is the holding of the first main game symbol) However, this is not limited to this, but it is not limited to this (the pending digest based on the winning order and both main game symbols are simultaneously executed in parallel). May be configured to execute a parallel lottery that randomly draws).

  Next, FIG. 16 is a flowchart of first main game symbol display processing (second main game symbol display processing) according to the subroutine of step 1400 (1) {step 1400 (2)} in FIG. In addition, since this processing is substantially the same processing on the first main game symbol side and the second main game symbol, the first main game symbol side will be mainly described, and the processing on the second main game symbol side will be described. Write in parentheses. First, at step 1403, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) determines whether or not a change start condition is established. Here, the change start condition is not during special game (or during operation of the condition device), and is not during main game symbol change, and there is a hold of the main game symbol.

  Next, in step 1405 and step 1406, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) is a first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a (second main game symbol hold information temporary The first main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) related to the current symbol variation temporarily stored in the storage unit 1132a) is read, and the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage unit 1131a (first 2) Delete from the main game symbol holding information temporary storage means 1132a), and shift the remaining information temporarily stored (holding reservation process). Next, in step 1410-1, the lottery means 1135 refers to the first main gaming coin lottery table 1135b-1 (the second main gaming coin lottery table 1135b-3) corresponding to each gaming state, [1] Based on the main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) (in particular, a winning lottery random number), a main gaming symbol acceptance lottery is executed.

  Here, FIG. 17 (main game table 1) is an example of a first main game use lottery table 1135b-1 (second main game use lottery table 1135b-3). As shown in this example, in the present embodiment, the jackpot winning probability in the probability variation gaming state is configured to be higher than the jackpot probability in the non-probability variation gaming state. Note that the winning probability is merely an example, and is not limited to this. Further, in the present embodiment, although a case in which the game state can not be shifted (so-called small hit) is not illustrated, a small hit may be generated (a small hit is won).

  Next, in step 1410-2, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) determines the first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a). ) To determine the stop symbol for the main game symbol based on the main game symbol determination lottery result and the first main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) (particularly, the symbol lottery random number), It temporarily stores in the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191 b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192 b).

  Here, FIG. 17 (main game table 2) is an example of a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a) (particularly, an example of a stop symbol determination table). . As shown in this example, in this embodiment, when a big hit is won, a plurality of main game symbol candidates (in this example, “4A · 3A · 5A · 7A” and “5B · 7B · 9B”) One of the main game symbols from the inside is configured to be determined as a big hit symbol. As will be described later, in this embodiment, based on the type of jackpot symbol, the opening mode of the big prize opening (the distribution big prize mouth and the normal big prize mouth) at the time of the round is determined (a certain big hit symbol) And other jackpot symbols may be different in the manner of opening the big prize opening), and depending on the opening style of the big prize opening, the ease of transition to the probability variation gaming state is the type of jackpot symbol It is configured to be different accordingly. The other symbol types are merely examples, and are not limited to this. {For example, the lost symbol is not limited to one type of symbol, and a plurality of types of symbols may be provided. When a specific symbol is stopped and displayed, the state of change of the main game symbol and / or the selection rate is different from that before the specific symbol is stopped and displayed (limited frequency state). May be configured}.

  Next, in step 141-3, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) selects the first main game content determination lottery table 1141 a (second main game) corresponding to each gaming state. Content determination lottery table 1142a) is referred to, the main gaming symbol variation result and the first main gaming content determination random number (the first main game content determination random number) (especially, variation mode lottery random number) fluctuation of the main gaming symbol A mode is determined, and these are temporarily stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b), and the process proceeds to step 1415.

  Here, FIG. 17 (main game table 3) is an example of a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a) (in particular, an example of a variation mode determination table) . As shown in this example, in this embodiment, the variation mode (variation time) of the main gaming symbol is determined based on the lottery result of the main gaming symbol and the main gaming time short flag state. In other words, when the main lottery game lottery result is a hit, it is easy to determine the fluctuation mode in which the fluctuation time is relatively long, and when the main game time short flag is off (time saving game state) relative The variation mode in which the variation time is short is easily determined. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited at all by the kind of a stop symbol, selection rate, etc. Further, in the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, it is not configured to have a different table according to the number of reserved balls, but needless to say, it may be configured to have a different table according to the number of reserved balls. Absent. Furthermore, the symbol variation time of the first main game may be relatively long in the time reduction gaming state (when the main game time short flag is on) (the symbol on the second main game side) When it is configured that it is advantageous for the player to execute the fluctuation, it is easy to cause the second main gaming side to hold by lowering the symbol fluctuation efficiency of the first main gaming side (it is advantageous for the player This is particularly effective when the start port on the first main game side and the start port on the second main game side cannot be distinguished).

  Next, in step 1415, the information transmission control means 1300 executes a command (stop symbol) related to the main game symbol temporarily stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b (the second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b). Information, attribute information of stop symbol, fluctuation mode information, etc.) and command (symbol fluctuation display start instruction command) related to the current gaming state are set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 side. . Next, in step 1416, the first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a (the second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a) manages the first main game symbol variation management for a predetermined time according to the variation time of the main game symbol. The timer 1151a-1 (second main game symbol variation management timer 1152a-1) is set. Then, in step 1417, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) is the first main game symbol of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). In accordance with the variation mode stored in first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b) on display portion 2131 (second main game symbol display portion 2231) Start variable display. Next, in step 1418, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) turns on the fluctuating flag in the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). Do. Then, in step 1420, it is determined whether or not the first main gaming symbol variation time management means 1151a (second main gaming symbol variation time management means 1152a) has reached a predetermined time related to the variation time of the main gaming symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1420, the information transmission control means 1300 in step 1422 a command transmission buffer for transmitting information (design confirmation display instruction command) to the effect that design variation is finished to the sub main control unit 2320 side. Set to 1301. Next, in step 1423, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) is the first main game of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). Stop the variation display of the main game symbol on the symbol display unit 2131 (the second main game symbol display unit 2231), to the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (the second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b) The stored stop symbol is displayed and controlled as a fixed stop symbol. Next, in step 1424, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) turns off the fluctuating flag in the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). Make it

  Next, in step 1430, the special game transition determining means 1135a determines whether or not the stop symbol of the main game symbol is a big hit symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1430, in step 1432, the special game transfer determining means 1135a turns on the condition device activation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. On the other hand, if No at step 1430, step 1432 is skipped.

  Next, in step 1450, main controller 1000 executes a specific game end determination process described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. If No in step 1434, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  In the case of No in step 1403, in step 1419, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152), the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). ) Is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the changing flag is ON. If Yes in step 1419, the process proceeds to step 1420. If No in step 1419, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 18 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing according to the subroutine of step 1500 in FIG. First, in step 1502, the specific game control means 1180 determines whether or not the counter value is larger than 0 with reference to the probability variation number counter 1181a. In the case of Yes in step 1502, in step 1504, the specific game control means 1180 decrements the counter value of the probability variation counter 1181a by 1. Next, at step 1506, the specific game control means 1180 determines whether the counter value is 0 or not with reference to the probability variation number counter 1181a. In the case of Yes in step 1506, in step 1510, the specific game control unit 1180 turns off the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and proceeds to step 1512. Note that if the answer is No in step 1502 or 1506, the process also proceeds to step 1512.

  Next, in step 1512, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the time reduction counter 1181 b and determines whether or not the counter value is greater than zero. In the case of Yes in step 1512, in step 1514, the specific game control means 1180 subtracts 1 from the counter value of the time reduction counter 1181b. Next, in step 1516, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the time reduction counter 1181b and determines whether or not the counter value is zero. If Yes in step 1516, in step 1518, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the main game time short flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 1520, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the auxiliary game time short flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Also in the case of No at step 1512 or step 1516, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 19 is a flowchart of special game operating condition determination processing according to the subroutine of step 2000 in FIG. First, in step 2002, the condition determination means 1171 is on the first main game symbol display portion 2131 (second main game symbol display portion 2231) of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). It is determined whether or not the main game symbol displayed on is stopped. In the case of Yes in step 2002, in step 2004, the condition determination means 1171 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2004, in step 2006, the condition determination means 1171 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2006, it is determined in step 2007 whether or not the main game symbol currently stopped is the long open determined symbol (in this example, 7A and 7B). In addition, with the long open fixed symbol, the round whose open mode of the distribution large winning a prize opening 2220 in the special game concerning the long open fixed symbol is long open B is included, the player is said long open fixed symbol stop Sometimes it is the main game design which can recognize that long opening is included in the opening feature of distribution special winning a prize opening 2220. Next, in step 2008, the special game content determination means 1172 sets a long release confirmation command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Migrate to 2009 On the other hand, when the result in step 2007 is No, the process proceeds to step 2009. Next, in step 2009, the special game content determination unit 1172 sets the content of the special game in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 by referring to the special game content reference table 1172a based on the predetermined mode. .

  Next, at step 2010, the specific game flag (main game probability change flag, main game time short flag, auxiliary game time short flag) in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 is once turned off. Next, in step 2012, the specific game control means 1180 resets the counter value of the probability variation counter 1181a (zero clear). Next, at step 2014, the specific game control means 1180 resets (zero clears) the counter value of the time reduction number counter 1181b, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2002, Step 2004, or Step 2006, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 20 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 2100 in FIG. First, in step 2102, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. If Yes in step 2102, in step 2150, the special game execution control means 1173 executes special game start control processing described later. Next, in step 2200, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a distribution prize winning control process described later. Next, in step 2600, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a normal special winning opening control process described later. Next, in step 2900, the special game execution control means 1173 executes special game end control processing described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2102, the special game execution control means 1173 determines that it is not time to execute the special game, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 21 is a flowchart of the special game start control process according to the subroutine of step 2150 in FIG. First, in step 2152, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2152, in step 2156, the special game execution control means 1173 turns on a special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2158, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information (special game start display instruction command) to start the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit side. . Next, in step 2160, the special game execution control means 1173 sets (initializes) 1 to the round number counter 1173a, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2152, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 22 is a flow chart of the distribution large winning opening control processing according to the subroutine of step 2200 in FIG. First, at step 2202, the distribution big prize winning opening control means 1174 refers to the round number counter 1173a and determines whether the counter value is odd or not (shifts to the probability fluctuation gaming state after the special game is over) Determine whether or not it is an odd round to execute the distribution game. In the case of Yes in step 2202, in step 2204, the allocation large winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the allocation control continuing flag is on. Determine If Yes in step 2204, the process proceeds to step 2300. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2204, in step 2206, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution control continuing flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 2208, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the open / close mode determination table 1172b (see FIG. 23), and based on the counter value of the jackpot symbol and the round number counter 1173a, the sorting large in the relevant round The opening mode of the winning opening 2220 is set.

  Here, FIG. 23 is an example of the opening / closing mode determination table 1172b that is referred to when determining the opening mode of the special winning opening. As shown in the figure, in the special game in the present embodiment, the sorting large winning opening 2220 and the normal large winning opening 2120 are alternately opened. More specifically, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened in the odd numbered round, and when the opening of the sorting distribution special winning opening 2220 is finished, it becomes the next round (even round), and in the even round usually the large winning prize opening 2120 It is open | released, and the transition of becoming the next round (odd-numbered round) will be continued until the last round is complete | finished when open | release of the said normal big prize winning opening 2120 is complete | finished. In this embodiment, the special game related to all the jackpot symbols is a 16-round special game. However, each round has an opening mode (a short opening that hardly obtains a ball and a long opening A and a ball that are easy to acquire a ball) To the specific area 2224 at the time of opening of the big prize winning opening 2220 determined to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the special game is ended by the combination of the long opening B) and the entry into the specific area 2224 provided inside Depending on the combination of the ease of entering the ball (the open mode of the distribution prize winning opening 2220 in the odd-numbered round), the profit to the player for each big hit symbol is made different. For example, in the special game related to the jackpot symbol 4A, since only the second R, fourth R, sixth R, and eighth R are long open, it is possible to obtain four rounds (so-called, substantially four rounds). It does not shift to probability fluctuation game state after the end (or it is difficult to shift). On the other hand, in the special games related to the jackpot symbols 7A and 7B, since all the rounds are long open, it is possible to obtain 16 rounds, and the state shifts to the probability variation game state after the special game ends (or transition) Easy to do).

  In addition, by configuring the distribution grand prize winning port 2220 and the regular grand prize winning port 2120 to be alternately opened, during the passage of the prize waiting time after the closing of the one big prize winning port, the other large game winning the next round. It will be possible to start opening the winning opening. As a result, the period during which any big winning opening is closed is shortened, so that the game balls launched by the player do not enter any big winning opening (so-called waste balls) can be reduced. As well as being able to reduce the time required to digest special games.

  In addition, when the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are alternately opened, a round is given to the distribution big prize opening 2220 to enter a game ball (which becomes long open) with a plurality of odd numbers. It can be set from the round. For example, in the special game related to the big hit symbol “3A”, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened in the open mode of the long opening A in the seventh R, while in the special game related to the big hit symbol “5A” “5B”, The distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened in the opening mode of the long opening A at the 9th R. In this way, by giving variations to the timing of the long opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220, it is shown that the round in which the distribution large winning opening 2220 can be long opened ends with the short opening. In such an odd number of rounds, it is possible to perform an effect (so-called reverse effect) in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is opened long. In addition, when the round in which the allocation big prize opening 2220 is long open is set as the second half of the special game, the special game before the long opening of the distribution big prize opening 2220 which is greatly related to the profit of the player is being executed. The period can be set as a period in which the player can prepare for entering the game ball into the distribution big winning opening 2220 (for example, adjustment of game ball emission intensity, replenishment of the game ball to be fired, etc.) .

  In addition, when the sorting special winning opening 2220 is set to be opened for a plurality of times, it is possible to more surely cause the game ball to enter the specific area 2224, which causes a conflict with the effect {e.g. Despite notifying that it shifts to (or is easy to shift to) the probability fluctuation gaming state after the end of the special game, the game for a period of one round in which the distribution big prize winning opening 2220 is long-opened by ball clogging etc. It is possible to prevent a situation where the ball can not be fired and the game does not shift to the probability variation gaming state. In addition, this example is only an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all, for example, it is based on the rule different from this example, such as opening the distribution big winning opening 2220 every 3 rounds, the distribution large winning opening 2220 May be configured to open, or may be configured to open the distribution prize winning opening 2220 in an irregular order.

  In addition, as shown in the opening / closing timing contrast image of FIG. 23, in this example, the open pattern of long open A: 52 ms open + 2600 ms closed + 28800 ms open, long open B: 29000 ms open, short open: 52 ms open In particular, the long opening A and the short opening are substantially the same in the first 52 ms (see the respective figures shown below in the figure). (Refer to the open / close timing comparison image). Therefore, the player cannot recognize whether the selected opening pattern is a long opening A with a high profit or a short opening with a low profit, but if the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened again after that, the player will be long. It is an opening that also serves as an effect that it is revealed that the opening is an opening in the opening mode of the opening A (that is, it is hoped that more balls can be obtained). For example, in the present example, the jackpot symbol "4A" is a low-profit jackpot symbol in which the opening mode of the sorting jackpot 2220 does not become a long opening, but the jackpot symbol "3A" "5A" "5B" Therefore, the player's expectation can be maintained until the seventh R and ninth R opening modes are known. On the other hand, in the special game related to the big hit symbols “7A” and “7B”, the opening mode of the 1R distribution big prize opening 2220 is also long opening, and the profit of the player is maximized in the 1R stage. Since it can be understood, the meaning of sustaining the player's expectation is sparse. Therefore, in this example, in the case of a special game related to the big hit symbols “7A” and “7B”, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is configured to be opened in the open mode of the long open B like the normal big prize opening 2120. (Because there is no need to carry out stinging with short opening and long opening). This example is merely an example, and is not limited to this. For example, a long open mode or a short open mode not shown in the present example may be provided, or the first allocation of the special game to be executed may be provided. Only when the special winning opening 2220 is open, it may be configured to be long open A. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  Returning to the description of the flowchart, next, in step 2210, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. . Next, in step 2212, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 resets (clears to zero) the counter value of the distribution prize counter 1174e and the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. Next, at step 2214, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 starts the allocation round timer 1174a, and proceeds to step 2300. Steps 2202 to 2214 are the initial processing stage, and initial processing at the time of round execution related to opening / closing of the big prize winning opening 2220 in the special game is performed in this processing.

  Next, in step 2300, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 executes a distribution big prize opening opening / closing control process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2350. Next, in step 2350, the allocation big winning opening control means 1174 executes an allocation preparation time control process to be described later. Next, in step 2400, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 executes an allocation winning control process described later. Next, at step 2450, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 executes a discharge ball abnormality detection process. Next, at step 2500, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 executes a shielding member drive control process. Next, at step 2550, the allocation big winning opening control means 1174 executes an allocation round control end process which will be described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. If the result of step 2202 is NO, control is passed to step 2350.

  Next, FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the allocation big prize opening / closing control processing according to the subroutine of step 2300 in FIG. First, in step 2302, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 to determine whether or not the distribution big prize opening release end flag is off. . In the case of Yes in step 2302, in step 2304, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the distribution large prize opening releasing control flag is on. It is determined whether or not. If Yes in step 2304, the process moves to step 2310. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2304, in step 2306, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 turns on the high allocation prize opening opening control flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Make it Next, in step 2308, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 starts the opening and closing of the sorting large winning opening 2220 based on the set open mode, and proceeds to step 2310.

  Next, in step 2310, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the allocation prize number counter 1174e, and determines whether or not the counter value has reached a predetermined number (for example, 10). In the case of Yes in step 2310, the process proceeds to step 2314. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2310, in step 2312, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the timer value of the allocation round timer 1174 a, and whether or not the opening period of the allocation big prize opening 2220 has ended. Determine If Yes in step 2312, the process moves to step 2314. Here, in the present example, the opening period of the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is 52 ms when the opening mode is “short opening”, 31542 ms when “long opening A”, and “long opening B”. In some cases, it is 29000 ms.

  Next, in step 2314, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 forcibly terminates and closes the longest opening control of the sorting large winning opening 2220. That is, when a predetermined number of winnings are detected in the sorting special winning opening 2220 or when the set release pattern is finished, the opening / closing of the sorting large winning opening 2220 is finished and closed. Next, in step 2316, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 turns off the distribution large winning opening open control flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 2318, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the sorting large winning opening opening end flag in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the call source of this subroutine Return to Even when the result of step 2302 or step 2312 is No, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 in FIG. First, in step 2352, the distribution large winning prize port control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the discharge standby flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2352, in step 2354, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and whether the allocation big prize opening release end flag is on. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 2354, in step 2355, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns off the large allocation winning opening release end flag in the flag area of the allocated gaming related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2356, the allotment large winning prize opening control means 1174 turns on the discharge standby flag in the flag area of the allotment game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2358, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 closes the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b to the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b (for example, closes the allocation prize winning port 2220 and exists inside). It is the time to wait for the game ball to be detected by the prize sensor, and in this example, 1900 ms) is set and started, and at step 2360, the sorting prize winning port control means 1174 is a sorting game related information The distribution prize waiting flag in the flag area of the temporary storage means 1197 is turned on. Next, at step 2362, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 causes the distribution round end timer 1174c to actually wait for the round end waiting time (for example, the excitation of the solenoid that drives the distribution large winning opening 2220 is actually stopped). It is the total time of the closing time for waiting for the time until the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is closed and the preparation time for preparing the start of the next round, and in this example, it is set to start (140 ms + 60 ms, 200 ms). At the same time, in step 2364, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the sorting round end waiting flag in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197, and proceeds to step 2366. Also in the case of No at step 2352, the process proceeds to step 2366.

  Here, in this example, the waiting time at the end of the sorting round is set to 200 ms. Is the sum of the time required for 140) and the preparation time of 60 ms until the next opening. By providing the preparation time in this way, it is possible to prevent malfunctions and the like by interrupting the drive of the solenoid and the motor that drive the opening and closing of the big prize opening and suppressing the heat generation. Further, in this example, the distribution round end waiting time (200 ms) is configured to be shorter than the discharge waiting time (1900 ms), and the next time during the waiting period for the game balls in the big prize opening to be discharged Since the opening of the grand prize winning opening (normal winning prize opening 2120) related to the round can be started, the special game can proceed smoothly. Note that this example is merely an example, and is not limited to the specific numerical values and modes listed here. For example, in this example, a preparation time is provided after closing the special winning opening during the round of special games. Although configured as described above, a preparation time may be provided before the special winning opening is opened during the execution of a special game round.

  Next, in step 2366, the distribution large prize opening control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution round end standby flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2366, in step 2368, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the distribution round end timer 1174c and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2368, in other words, when the above-mentioned round end waiting time is finished, in step 2370, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the round number counter 1173a (increment) To do. As a result of this processing, the counter value becomes an even number, and the processing of the next round (to be described later) (for example, the normal big prize opening control processing in S2600) is started. Next, in step 2372, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 turns off the sorting round end waiting flag in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197 and shifts to step 2374. Also in the case of No in step 2366 or step 2368, the processing shifts to step 2374.

  Next, in step 2374, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the allocation prize waiting flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2374, in step 2376, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 refers to the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2376, in other words, in the case where the above-described allocation prize waiting time is over, in step 2378, the allocation big prize control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. In the, the distribution prize waiting flag is turned off. Next, at step 2380, the allocation large prize opening control means 1174 causes the specific area prize waiting timer 1174-1a to place the specific area prize waiting time (for example, the prize winning sensor in the distribution large prize winning opening 2220 within the prize valid period). This is the time to wait for the passed game ball to reach the specific area 2224. In this example, 700 ms) is set and started, and in step 2382, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 The specific area winning flag in the flag area of the game related information temporary storage unit 1197 is turned on, and the process proceeds to step 2384. Here, in this example, the specific area winning waiting time (700 ms) is started at the end of the sorting winning award waiting time (1900 ms) set when the distribution large winning opening 2220 is closed. For example, the distribution large prize winning opening 2220 is closed after the distribution large prize winning opening is closed, which is the distribution winning prize waiting time (1900 ms) + specific area winning waiting time (700 ms). The same processing can be executed by setting it occasionally. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2374 or Step 2376, the process proceeds to Step 2384.

  Next, in step 2384, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allotment game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the specific area prize waiting flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2384, in step 2386, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the specific area prize waiting timer 1174-1a and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2386, in other words, when the above-mentioned specific area prize standby time is ended, in step 2388, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allotment game related information temporary storage means 1197. The specific area winning awaiting flag in the area is turned off. Next, at step 2390, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the discharge confirmation permission flag in the flag area of the allotment game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Also in the case of No at step 2354, step 2384 or step 2386, the caller of this subroutine is restored.

  Next, FIG. 26 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2400 in FIG. First, in step 2401, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution control continuation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2401, in step 2402, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. Do. In the case of Yes in step 2402, in step 2403, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197, and whether or not the specific area prize waiting flag is off. Determine

  In the case of Yes in step 2403, in other words, when the sorting winning prize opening 2220 is open or during the sorting winning waiting time, in step 2405, the sorting big winning opening control means 1174 is a sorting winning detection device It is determined whether 2221 (sorting winning combination entrance ball sensor) has detected a new ball entry. In the case of Yes in step 2405, in step 2406, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 (increment) to the counter value of the allotment winning number counter 1174e. Next, at step 2407, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 sets a winning ball command to the winning ball payout control board 3000 side, and proceeds to step 2408. On the other hand, if the result of the step 2405 is No, the processing of the step 2406 and the step 2407 is not executed, and the process shifts to the step 2408.

  Next, in step 2408, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 (specific area winning sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2408, in step 2410, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether the counter value of the allotment winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. In the case of Yes in Step 2410, in Step 2411, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry into the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2411, in step 2412, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 controls a specific area entry game execution command for displaying that the gaming ball has entered the specific area 2224 as a sub main control Set to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side. Next, in step 2413, the allocation large prize opening control unit 1174 turns on the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and proceeds to step 2416. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2411, in other words, if it is not the first entry in the special game being executed, the processing proceeds to Step 2416 without executing the processing of Step 2412 and Step 2413. On the other hand, in the case of No at step 2410, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the sorting winning number counter 1174e is less than or equal to the counting value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, entering ball detection If the game ball is not entered in the specific area), in step 2414, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 displays an error notification command for indicating that an error has occurred, to the sub main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, in step 2415, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 sends a buffer for command transmission to the hall computer H to transmit a fraud detection command for notifying the game room staff that the fraud has been detected. Set and go to step 2416. Next, in step 2416, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2417. In the case of No in step 2408, the process proceeds to step 2417.

  Next, in step 2417, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharged ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) has detected a new entering (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2417, in step 2418, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 (increment) to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, if No in step 2417, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine without executing the process of step 2418. Also in the case of No at step 2401, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Here, in this example, when a game ball enters the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) or the specific region entrance detection device 2224-1 (specific region winning sensor), the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174 f Is configured to add 1 to (increment). In other words, since the specific area prize sensor also serves as the discharge sensor, the number of sensors necessary for discharge confirmation can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced. Furthermore, the distance between the winning sensor and the discharging sensor can be shortened compared to the case where the discharging sensor is provided at the end of the specific area winning sensor, and the special game can be made smoother by shortening the waiting time for discharging the game ball. It is possible to progress. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all. For example, a game ball that has entered the distribution prize winning port 2220 may finally pass through one discharge sensor. .

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2403, in other words, if it is during the specific area effective period after the end of the allocation prize waiting time (waiting for the specific area winning a prize, 700 ms), in step 2419, the large allocation prize opening control means. At 1174, it is determined whether or not the specific area entry detection apparatus 2224-1 (specific area winning sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2419, in step 2420, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the distribution prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. In the case of Yes in Step 2420, in Step 2421, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry to the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2421, in step 2422, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs a sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Set to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side. Next, in step 2423, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to step 2426. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2421, in other words, if it is not the first entry in the special game being executed, the processing proceeds to Step 2426 without executing the processing of Step 2422 and Step 2423. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2420, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, detection of the entry) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2424, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, at step 2425, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 sends a fraud detection command for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the hall computer H. Set and go to step 2426. Next, at step 2426, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2427. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2419, the process proceeds to Step 2427.

  Next, in step 2427, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharged ball detection device 2222- 2 (discharge sensor) has detected a new entry (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2427, in step 2428, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, if No in step 2427, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine without executing the process of step 2428.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2402, in other words, in the case where the discharge ball is abnormal, in step 2429, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 controls the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (specific area winning sensor). Determines whether a new entry has been detected. In the case of Yes at step 2429, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the allotment winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f at step 2430. If Yes in step 2430, then the process shifts to step 2433. On the other hand, in the case of No at step 2430, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, the counter value of the sorting winning counter 1174e is less than or equal to the counter value of the discharging counter 1174f (e.g. If the game ball has not entered the specific area), in step 2431, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 displays an error notification command for indicating that an error has occurred, to the sub main control unit 2320 side. In the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, in step 2432, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 sends a buffer for command transmission to the hall computer H to transmit a fraud detection command for notifying the game room staff that the fraud has been detected. Set and go to step 2433. Next, at step 2433, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2434. Also in the case of No at step 2429, the process proceeds to step 2434.

  Next, in step 2434, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) detects a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2434, in step 2435, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 (increment) to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2434, the process returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 2435.

  Next, FIG. 27 is a flowchart of the discharge ball abnormality detection processing according to the subroutine of step 2450 in FIG. First, in step 2452, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge confirmation permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2452, in step 2454, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 makes the counter value of the allotment winning number counter 1174 e equal to the counter value of the discharging number counter 1174 f (all winning gaming balls are normal To determine if the In the case of Yes in step 2454, the sorting prize winning opening control means 1174 judges that there is no discharge ball abnormality in steps 2456 and 2458, and it is discharged in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197 Turn off the confirmation permission flag and the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, at step 2460, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the discharge normal completion flag in the flag area of the allotment game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2454, in step 2462, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and is in the flag area of the distributed game related information temporary storage means 1197. , Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, at step 2464, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 sends a command for sending a discharge ball abnormality command for notifying that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Set in the trust buffer 1301 and return to the caller of this subroutine. Even in the case of No in step 2452, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 28 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process according to the subroutine of step 2500 in FIG. First, in step 2502, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the shielding member driving control flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2502, in step 2503, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the normal discharge completion flag is off. Do. In the case of Yes in step 2503, the process proceeds to step 2504, and processing for driving the shielding member 2224a is executed. In the case of No at step 2503, the processing of step 2526 and step 2528 is executed, and the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated.

  Next, in step 2504, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the distribution round timer 1174a, and determines whether or not the timer value is within a predetermined period A (for example, 0 ≦ A <52 ms). Determine In the case of Yes in step 2504, in step 2506, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2504, in step 2508, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period B (for example, 52 ≦ B <2652ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2508, in step 2510, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2508, in step 2512, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period C (for example, 2652 ≦ C <34052ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2512, in step 2514, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2512, in step 2516, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period D (for example, 34052 ≦ D <36052ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2516, in step 2518, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2516, in step 2520, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period E (for example, 36052 ≦ D <36104ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2520, in step 2524, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Here, the processes of S2520 and S2524 will be described. In this example, as shown in FIG. 28, the shielding member 2224a opens and closes based on a fixed drive pattern regardless of the opening and closing mode of the allocation prize winning port 2220 (by adopting such a configuration, the program capacity It is possible to reduce Even when the shielding member 2224a is being driven, when the game ball is normally discharged, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated. Here, in this embodiment, the longest time for which the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated without causing the discharge ball abnormality is the time when the open mode of the long open A is selected as the open pattern of the sorting large winning opening 2220. {Specifically, a period (in this example, the opening time (31145 ms in this example) + the allocation prize waiting time (in this example, 1900 ms) + the specific area prize waiting time (in this example, 700 ms)) , 34052 ms)}. As can be understood from this, the processing after the end of the predetermined period C (Yes in S2512) (processing of S2516 to S2524) is processing that is executed only when the discharge ball abnormality occurs. That is, when an abnormal discharge ball occurs due to the game ball being held inside, such as when a game ball is caught in the shielding member 2224a, the blocking of the internal game ball is canceled by driving (opening) the shielding member 2224a. The shielding member 2224a is driven to the open state under the purport of causing it to In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all, For example, you may comprise so that opening and closing of the shielding member 2224a may be repeated until discharge ball | bowl abnormality is eliminated.

  Here, as described above, the shielding member 2224 a opens and closes based on a constant drive pattern regardless of the opening and closing mode of the distribution winning prize opening 2220. At this time, in the case of (1) short opening, the ball does not enter the specific area 2224 (that is, as a result of entering the specific area 2224 despite the short opening of the allocation large winning opening 2220, (Avoidance of possible occurrence of a transition to the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game), and (2) entering the specific area 2224 when the long game is released (that is, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is long open) In spite of the fact that it does not enter the specific area 2224, it is preferable to adopt a driving pattern such as avoiding a situation in which the transition to the probability variation gaming state may not occur after the special game ends. In this example, as described above, as shown in the opening / closing timing comparison image of FIG. 23, first, the shielding member 2224a is opened simultaneously with the distribution large winning opening 2220. Then, the predetermined period A is set to end before the game ball that has entered immediately after the allocation big prize opening 2220 opens reaches the specific area 2224 (from the distribution big prize opening 2220 to the specific area). Set based on flow down time up to 2224). For example, the predetermined period A is set to a value less than or less than {one game ball launch time (game ball launch interval)}. By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent the entry into the specific area 2224 when the above-mentioned (1), that is, the large allocation winning opening 2220 is short-opened (+ first open at long open A). Can. Next, in the predetermined period B (or predetermined period A + predetermined period B), the predetermined number that is the end condition of the round is before the winning detection is detected (that is, the number is detected by the distribution winning detection device 2221). For example) (before the number is detected by the discharge ball detection device 2224-2), for example, (predetermined number ×× It is set to a value less than or less than the shooting speed per game ball. With this configuration, a predetermined number of balls (10 in this example) are entered into the large allocation winning opening 2220 before reaching the predetermined period C in which the shielding member 2224a is opened again during the long opening B. As a result, it is possible to secure the entry into the specific area 2224 in the subsequent predetermined period C, that is, the above-mentioned (2), that is, the entry into the specific area 2224 at the time of long release is ensured. it can. In addition, if the predetermined period B is too short, a game ball that has entered at the time of short opening will enter the specific area 2224 within the predetermined period C that is subsequently executed. Therefore, it is desirable that the predetermined period B is longer than the time required for the game ball that has entered the large allocation winning opening 2220 during the predetermined period A to pass through the shielding member 2224a. More specifically, the predetermined period B (or the predetermined period A + B) is set to a value exceeding or more than {the launch time of one game ball (game ball launch interval)}. In this example, as the opening and closing timing, the predetermined period A is the opening period of the shielding member 2224a, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the period may be a closing period. In this case, it is possible to further avoid the situation where the gaming ball that has won a prize at the time of the short opening passes through the specific area 2224.

  Returning to FIG. 28 again, in the case of No in step 2520, in other words, when all the driving patterns of the shielding member 2224a have been executed, in step 2526, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 has the shielding member 2224a. Close. Next, in step 2528, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 turns off the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocated game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Do. Even in the case of No in step 2502, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 29 is a flowchart of the distribution round control end processing according to the subroutine of step 2550 in FIG. First, at step 2552, the distribution large winning prize port control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the discharge normal completion flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2552, in the steps 2554 to 2556, the sorting large winning prize opening control means 1174 is in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197, the discharge normal completion flag and the discharge standby flag. Turn off. Next, in step 2558, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 stops the sorting round timer 1174a and resets it. Next, at step 2560, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 turns off the sorting control ongoing flag in the flag area of the sorting game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Do. On the other hand, if No in step 2552, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine without executing the processes of steps 2554 to 2560.

  Next, FIG. 30 is a flowchart of the normal special winning opening control process according to the subroutine of step 2600 in FIG. First, in step 2602, the normal winning opening control means 1175 refers to the round number counter 1173 a and determines whether or not the counter value is an even number. If Yes in step 2602, in step 2604, the normal large winning a prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal control continuation flag is on. . In the case of Yes at step 2604, the process moves to step 2650. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2604, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal control ongoing flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2606. Next, in step 2608, the normal big winning opening control means 1175 refers to the open / close mode determination table 1172b (see FIG. 23) based on the big hit symbol and the round number counter value, and sets the opening mode of the normal big winning opening 2120. To do. In addition, in this embodiment, although the opening aspect which can be selected from the special winning opening 2120 is only two types of long opening B and short opening, it is not limited to this, and what kind of opening time and opening pattern There is no problem even if you choose.

  Next, in step 2610, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 resets (zero clears) the counter value of the normal winning number counter 1175d. Next, in step 2612, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 starts the normal round timer 1175a, and proceeds to step 2650. Steps 2602 to 2612 are the initial processing stages, and the initial processing at the time of round execution relating to the opening and closing of the special large winning opening 2120 in the special game is performed in this processing.

  Next, in step 2650, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal special winning opening opening / closing control process described later, and proceeds to step 2700. Also in the case of No at step 2602, the process moves to step 2700. Next, in step 2700, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal preparation time control process to be described later. Next, in step 2750, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal winning control process described later. Next, in step 2800, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal round control ending process described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a normal special prize opening / closing control process according to the subroutine of step 2650 in FIG. First, in step 2652, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether the normal special winning opening open end flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2652, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2654 and the normal large winning opening open control flag is on or not. Determine If Yes in step 2654, then the process moves to step 2660. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2654, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal special winning opening open control flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2656. Do. Next, in step 2658, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 starts the opening and closing of the normal special winning opening 2120 based on the set open mode, and proceeds to step 2660.

  Next, in step 2660, the normal winning prize control means 1175 refers to the normal winning number counter 1175d, and a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have been won in the normal winning prize port 2120 in the running round. It is determined whether or not there is. If Yes in step 2660, then the process moves to step 2664. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2660, in step 2662, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the normal round timer 1175a, determines whether or not the period for opening the normal special prize opening 2120 has ended, and this step If the result is Yes, the process moves to step 2664. In this embodiment, the opening time of the regular prize winning opening 2120 is 29000 ms when the open / close mode is long open B, and 52 ms when the open / close mode is short open, but there is no problem even if it is changed.

  Next, in step 2664, the normal large winning a prize opening control means 1175 closes the normal large winning a prize opening 2120. Next, in step 2666, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal special winning opening open control flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2668, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal special winning opening open end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. . Also in the case of No at step 2652 or step 2662, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 32 is a flowchart of the normal preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2700 in FIG. First, in step 2702, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether the normal prize waiting flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2702, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2704 and determines whether the normal special winning opening open end flag is on or not. judge. In the case of Yes in step 2704, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal special winning opening open end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2706. Next, in step 2708, the normal large winning a prize opening control means 1175 controls the normal winning awaiting timer 1175b to hold the normal winning awaiting time (for example, after the normal large winning a prize opening 2120 is closed, the game ball existing inside is a winning It is time to wait for detection by the sensor, and in this example, 1900 ms) is set and started. Next, in step 2710, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal prize waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2712, the regular winning opening control means 1175 controls the normal round finish timer 1175c to wait for the round end (for example, after stopping the excitation of the solenoid for driving the regular winning opening 2120, the normal winning actually takes place). This is the total of the closing time for waiting for the mouth 2120 to be closed and the preparation time for preparing the start of the next round, and in this example, 140 ms + 60 ms 200 ms) is set and started. Next, in step 2714, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal round end waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to step 2716. Note that if the result is No in step 2702, the process proceeds to step 2716.

  Next, in step 2716, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether the normal round end waiting flag is on. If Yes in step 2716, the special winning opening control means 1175 in step 2718 refers to the normal round end timer 1175c, and whether or not the timer value is 0, in other words, whether or not the round end waiting time has ended. Determine whether. In the case of Yes in step 2718, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2720, and determines whether the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2720, in step 2722, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 adds 1 to the round number counter 1173 a (increment). In this process, the round counter value is changed from an even number to an odd number, and a round related to the opening / closing of the large prize winning opening 2220 is executed. Next, in step 2724, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal round end waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2726, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to step 2728. Also, if the result of the step 2716, the step 2718 or the step 2720 is NO, then the processing shifts to the step 2728.

  Next, in step 2728, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether the normal winning standby flag is on or not. In the case of Yes in step 2728, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the normal winning standby timer 1175b in step 2730, and whether or not the timer value is 0, in other words, whether the normal winning standby time has ended. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 2730, in step 2732, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal prize waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2734, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal winning waiting time end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Also in the case of No at step 2704, step 2728 or step 2730, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 33 is a flowchart of the normal winning control process related to the subroutine of step 2750 in FIG. First, in step 2752, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal control continuation flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2752, in step 2756, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby time end flag is off. Do. In the case of Yes in step 2756, in step 2758, the normal special prize opening control unit 1175 determines whether or not the normal winning detection device 2121 (normal special prize entry ball sensor) has detected the entry of a new game ball. Do. If Yes in step 2758, in step 2760, the normal large winning a prize opening control means 1175 adds 1 to the counter value of the normal winning number counter 1175d. Next, in step 2762, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 (transmitted to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Return to the caller of this subroutine. Also in the case of No at step 2752, step 2756 or step 2758, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 34 is a flowchart of normal round control end processing according to the subroutine of step 2800 in FIG. First, at step 2802, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 determines whether the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 is on. If Yes in step 2802, in step 2804, the normal large winning a prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the normal prize waiting time end flag is on. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2804, in step 2806, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2808, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal winning waiting time end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2810, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 stops and resets the normal round timer 1175a. Next, in step 2812, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the normal control ongoing flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in steps 2802 and 2804, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 35 is a flowchart of special game end control processing according to the subroutine of step 2900 in FIG. First, in step 2902, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the end demo execution flag is on. If Yes in step 2902, the process proceeds to step 2912. On the other hand, if No in step 2902, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the normal round end timer 1175c in step 2904, and whether or not the round end waiting time (200 ms in this example) in the final round has ended. Determine In the present embodiment, the final rounds of special games are all the 16th R, but the present invention is not limited to this, and there is no problem even if the final rounds are different depending on the main game symbol that is a big hit.

  In the case of Yes in step 2904, in step 2906, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the end demo execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 2907, the special game execution control means 1173 sets an end demonstration display execution command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Next, in step 2908, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the end demo execution timer 1173b to an end demo execution time (for example, 3000 ms) and starts it, and proceeds to step 2912.

  Next, in step 2912, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the end demonstration execution timer 1173b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2912, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2914 and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2914, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2916 and determines whether or not the end demo extension flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2916, the special game execution control means 1173 sets an end demonstration display completion command to the sub side in step 2918 (sent to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200) The Next, in step 2920, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the end demonstration executing flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2922, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2924, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2950, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a game state determination process after the end of the special game described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2914, in step 2930, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 and determines whether or not the end demo extension flag is off. . In the case of Yes in step 2930, in step 2932, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the end demo extension flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2930, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine. If NO in step 2916, in step 2928, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the end demo extension flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and calls this subroutine. Return to Note that if the answer is No in step 2904 or step 2912, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  As described above, in the present process, when an abnormality of the discharge ball is detected, the end demonstration extension flag is turned on, and the special game end demonstration display is extended until the abnormality of the discharge ball is eliminated. Furthermore, when the abnormality of the discharge ball is eliminated, the processing of step 2918 to step 2950 is performed by executing the processing of turning off the end demo extension flag in step 2928, the abnormality of the discharge ball is eliminated. It is configured to execute in the next interrupt process.

  Next, FIG. 36 is a flowchart of the game state determination process after the end of the special game according to the subroutine of step 2950 in FIG. First, at step 2952, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and determines whether or not the probability change transfer reservation flag is on. If Yes in step 2952, in step 2954, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in Step 2955, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (for example, 70 times) in the probability variation number counter 1181a. Next, in step 2956, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to step 2958. On the other hand, also in the case of No at step 2952, the process proceeds to step 2958. Thus, in the present embodiment, when there is a ball entry to the specific area 2224 during the execution of the special game, after the end of the special game, the probability fluctuation gaming state (probability fluctuation with a limited number of times Although it is configured to shift to the gaming state), the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be configured to shift to the probability varying gaming state which continues until the next big hit occurs. Further, when the number of continuous transitions to the probability variation gaming state reaches a predetermined number, it may be configured to forcibly transition to the non-probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game after reaching the predetermined number of times.

  Next, in step 2958, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (for example, 70 times) in the hourly number counter 1181b. Next, in step 2960, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, at step 2962, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the auxiliary game time short flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. As described above, in this embodiment, regardless of the presence or absence of the ball in the specific area 2224 during the execution of the special game, after the end of the special game, it is always configured to shift to the time reduction gaming state with the number of times limited. Although it is not limited to this, when there is no entry into the specific area 2224 during the execution of the special game (in other words, when it does not shift to the probability fluctuation gaming state after the end of the special game) ) May be configured not to shift to the time-saving gaming state. In addition, regardless of the presence or absence of transition to the probability variation gaming state, the limit number of times of the time shortening gaming state (the number of fluctuations of the main gaming symbol) is determined based on the jackpot symbol and the gaming state (variable) May be

  Next, control processing executed on the side of sub main control unit 2320 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, FIG. 37 is a main flowchart of the side of the sub control board 2000 (in particular, the side of the sub main control unit 2320) in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. Here, the process of FIG. 6A is a process on the side of the sub board that is executed after resetting such as when the power is supplied to the gaming machine. That is, when the power to the gaming machine is turned on, the process proceeds to a loop process that repeatedly executes step 6000 which is a repetitive process routine of the sub-main control unit 2320. Here, when step 6000 is executed, the effect display control means 2320 first performs an error notification command and a discharge ball abnormality command from the main side in step 6002 as shown in the process (b) of FIG. If received, error notification is executed until the error is recovered. Next, in step 6100, the effect display control means 2320 executes a pending information management process described later. Next, in step 6200, the effect display control means 2320 executes a decorative symbol display content determination process described later. Next, in step 6300, the effect display control means 2320 executes a decorative symbol display control process described later. Next, in step 6400, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game display control process to be described later. Next, in step 6700, the effect display control means 2320 executes display command transmission control processing (sends the command set in each processing described above to the sub-sub control unit side), and ends the present repetition processing routine.

  As described above, the sub main control unit adopts a mode in which the sub main routine (S6000 to S6700) is looped after reset. Further, the process of FIG. 14C is an interrupt process of the sub main control unit 2320, and the signal from the STB signal line of the main control device 1000 described above is one terminal of the CPU of the sub main control unit 2320 (in this example , NMI terminal) (step 5700). That is, when an NMI interrupt occurs in the CPU of sub main control unit 2320 (when STB signal line is turned on), in step 5800, sub main control unit 2320 receives a command input port from main control apparatus 1000 ( Check the data signal line input port). Then, in step 5900, the sub main control unit 2320 is transmitted from the main control apparatus 1000 side to the RAM on the sub main control unit 2320 side (in this example, the main side information temporary storage means 2321a) based on the check result. The command is temporarily stored, and the process returns to the process that was being performed immediately before this interrupt process.

  Next, FIG. 38 is a flowchart of pending information management processing according to the subroutine of step 6100 in FIG. First, in step 6102, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, and a new hold generation command (first main game symbol or second main game symbol) from the main control device 1000 side. It is determined whether or not the hold information pertaining to has been received. In the case of Yes at step 6102, at step 6104, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 displays a drawing hold counter in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a (in this example, a maximum of four for the first main game, A maximum of four for the second main game is added "1". Next, in step 6106, the drawing hold information display control unit 2323 displays the hold information (particularly, a random value related to the main game symbol lottery) based on the hold occurrence command transmitted from the main controller 1000 side. It temporarily stores in the pending information temporary storage means 2323 a, and proceeds to step 6116. On the other hand, if No in step 6102, has the drawing hold information display control means 2323 received the symbol variation display start instruction command from the main controller 1000 side with reference to the main information temporary storage means 2321 a in step 6108? Determine whether or not. If Yes in step 6108, in step 6110, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 subtracts “1” from the drawing hold counter in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a. Next, in step 6112, the drawing hold information display control unit 2323 deletes the holding information related to the symbol variation from the drawing holding information temporary storage unit 2323a and shifts the remaining holding information. Next, in step 6114, the effect display control means 2320 accesses the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage means 2322c, turns on the symbol content determination permission flag, and proceeds to step 6116. Next, in step 6116, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 makes full use of the sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) on the effect display device 2140 (in particular, the first hold display portion 2312a, the second hold display In the unit 2312b), the same number of hold display lamps as the drawing hold counter value in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a are lit up and returned to the caller of this subroutine. In the case of No at step 6108, the process proceeds to step 6116.

  Next, FIG. 39 is a flowchart of decorative symbol display content determination processing according to the subroutine of step 6200 in FIG. First, in step 6202, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a refers to the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c and determines whether or not the symbol content determination permission flag is on. If Yes in step 6202, in step 6204, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a turns off the symbol content determination permission flag in the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, at step 6206, the drawing display content determination means 2322a determines the symbol information (stop symbol / variation mode related to the main game symbol) temporarily stored in the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, and the drawing fluctuation content determination With reference to the lottery table 2322a-1, the stop symbol and the variation mode of the decorative symbol are determined and temporarily stored in the equipment display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Here, the stop symbol of the decorative symbol is a big hit (4A, 3A, 5A, 7A, 5B, 7B, 9B in this example), so that three symbols are aligned, and in the case of a loss, three symbols are aligned. It will not be.

  Next, in step 6208, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a turns on the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Even in the case of No in step 6202, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 40 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display control process according to the subroutine of step 6300 in FIG. First, in step 6302, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 determines whether or not the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c is on. In the case of Yes in step 6302, in step 6304, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns off the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6306, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns on the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6309, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 starts the drawing variation time management timer 2322d, and proceeds to step 6310. Note that the process moves to step 6310 also in the case of No in step 6302.

  Next, in step 6310, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 determines whether or not the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c is on. In the case of Yes in step 6310, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 changes the decorative symbol based on the variation mode temporarily stored in the dressing variation time management timer 2322d and the dressing display related information temporary storage means 2322c in step 6312 It is determined whether the start timing has been reached. If YES in step 6312, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol variation display command in step 6314, and the process proceeds to step 6330. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6312, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 is based on the fluctuation mode temporarily stored in the dressing fluctuation time management timer 2322d and the clothing display related information temporary storage means 2322c in step 6316. It is determined whether or not the stop display timing (temporary stop display timing) has been reached. In the case of Yes in step 6316, in step 6318, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol stop display command (temporary stop display command), and proceeds to step 6330. On the other hand, in the case of No at step 6316, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 at step 6320 displays the notice image based on the variation mode temporarily stored in the dressing variation time management timer 2322d and the dressing display related information temporary storage means 2322c. It is determined whether or not the display timing of the reach image has been reached. If Yes in step 6320, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 sets an image display command related to the notice image or reach image in step 6322, and the process proceeds to step 6330. In the case of No at step 6320, the process proceeds to step 6330.

  Next, in step 6330, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 determines whether or not the main game symbol is stopped and displayed (for example, with reference to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, the main game from the main control device 1000 side It is determined whether or not information indicating that the symbol is stopped and displayed has been received). In the case of Yes in step 6330, in step 6332, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol stop display command (determined display command). Next, in step 6334, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 stops and resets (zero clears) the drawing variation time management timer 2322d. Next, in step 6340, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 turns off the symbol changing flag in the figure display related information temporary storage means 2322c, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in Step 6310 or Step 6330, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 41 is a flowchart of the display control process during special game according to the subroutine of step 6400 in FIG. First, in step 6402, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and determines whether or not the special gaming flag is off. In the case of Yes in Step 6402, in Step 6404, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a special game start display instruction command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6404, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the special game in progress flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 in step 6406 and step 6408, and the command concerning the big hit start display Set (appropriate display is performed based on the type of jackpot on the effect display device 2140), and the process proceeds to step 6500. Note that the process moves to step 6500 also in the case of No in step 6402 or step 6404.

  Next, in step 6500, the effect display control means 2320 executes special game effect execution processing which will be described later. Next, in step 6600, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game end effect execution process described later, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 42 is a flowchart of the special game effect execution process according to the subroutine of step 6500 in FIG. First, at step 6502, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 to determine whether the initial background image determined flag is off. If Yes in step 6502, in step 6504, the effect display control unit 2320 refers to the main information temporary storage unit 2321a, and determines whether or not a long open confirmation command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6504, in step 6506, the effect display control means 2320 displays a high profit unannounced image as a background image during special game (the game state after the special game in execution becomes the probability fluctuation gaming state or probability fluctuation It is set that the player can not recognize or difficult background image whether or not the game is likely to be in the game state, and the process moves to step 6512. On the other hand, if the result of step 6504 is No, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the long open confirmation effect execution flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 in step 6508. Next, at step 6510, the effect display control means 2320 displays a high profit notification completed image as a background image during special game (the game state after the special game under execution becomes a probability fluctuation gaming state or a probability fluctuation gaming state) The background image recognizable by the player is set), and the process proceeds to step 6512. Next, in step 6512, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the initial background image determined flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and shifts to step 6514. Note that the process moves to step 6514 also in the case of No in step 6502.

  Next, in step 6514, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a high profit redisplay command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6514, in step 6516, the effect display control means 2320 determines that the gaming ball has been entered in the specific area 2224 and sets a high profit notified image as a background image during special game play, step Migrate to 6518. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 6514, the process proceeds to step 6518.

  Next, at step 6518, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the long open confirmation effect execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6518, in step 6520, the effect display control means 2320 sequentially displays the number of winning on the effect display device 2140 based on the game information being transmitted sequentially. Next, at step 6522, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, and determines whether or not a specific area winning effect execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6522, in step 6524, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether the specific area entered flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6524, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the specific area entered flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 in step 6528. Next, in step 6530, the effect display control means 2320 gives a specific area entry effect (effect that informs the player that a game ball has entered the specific area) on the effect display device 2140 for a predetermined time (for example, (3 seconds) After execution, the high profit notified image is set as the background image during special game, and the process proceeds to Step 6538. If the result of the step 6522 or the step 6524 is NO, then the process shifts to the step 6538.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6518, in step 6532, the effect display control means 2320 sequentially displays the number of winnings and the number of rounds on the effect display device 2140 based on the sequentially transmitted game information. Next, at step 6534, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a specific area winning effect execution command has been received from the main side. If the result of step 6534 is YES, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the specific area entered flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and shifts to step 6538. On the other hand, also in the case of No at step 6534, the process moves to step 6538.

  Next, at step 6538, the effect display control means 2320 displays the currently set special game in progress background image on the effect display device 2140, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Note that the processing from step 6520 to step 6530 in the same figure is processing for special effects during special games related to long open unconfirmed symbols (in this example, big hit symbols other than 7A and 7B). In this process, a high profit is obtained as a special game background image at the start of a special game so that the player cannot recognize whether or not an open mode in which the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game. An unreported image is set, and when an open mode in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game, a specific area winning effect is executed by entering a game ball into the specific area 2224. At the same time, the high profit notification completed image is set as a background image during special game. On the other hand, the processing of step 6532 to step 6536 is processing of special game effect during special game according to the long open determined symbol (in this example, the jackpot symbol of 7A, 7B in this example). In this process, in order to make it possible for the player to recognize that an open mode in which the distribution big prize opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game, a high profit notification is provided as a special game background image at the start of the special game. The set image is set. Note that, in the process related to the long release confirmed symbol, the player recognizes that an open mode in which the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open during the special game is executed, and therefore the specific area winning effect is executed. Although it is comprised so that it may not be, you may be comprised so that a specific area ball-islanding production | presentation may be performed also in the special game which is not limited to this, and is related to any big hit symbol.

  Here, the upper right of the figure is a specific region winning effect image diagram. As described above, under special game conditions, the number of ball entry to the current large winning opening (sorting large winning opening, or normal large winning opening) is sequentially displayed on the effect display device 2140. , A high profit unannounced image is displayed. Next, when the game ball enters the specific area 2224 during the special game and the specific area winning effect execution command is received from the main side, the effect display as shown in the second and third rows from the upper side of the same image diagram The specific area winning effect is executed on the device 2140 for a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds). Thereafter, the high profit notified image is set and displayed as the background image during the special game. In addition, it is desirable to execute the specific area winning a prize effect so as not to overlap with the display of the number of ball entry of the game ball to the large winning opening (allocation large winning opening, or normal large winning opening), but it is limited to this I will not. For example, the specific area winning effect is a effect using the light guide plate, and the display of the effect is executed in the color having transparency, the special winning opening (sorting large winning opening, or the normal special winning opening Even if the display of the number of entered game balls and the specific area winning effect are displayed overlapping each other, it may be configured such that all effects and displays can be visually recognized. In this example, when power failure occurs after execution of the specific area winning effect, the high profit redisplay command is received from the main side when returning from the power failure, and the high profit notification completed image is displayed again. In other words, by redisplaying the high profit notification completed image without redisplaying the specific area prize effect, it is possible to return without a sense of discomfort to the player on the display. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the high profit informed image may be redisplayed after redisplaying the specific area winning effect.

  Next, FIG. 43 is a flowchart of special game end effect execution processing according to the subroutine of step 6600 in FIG. First, at step 6602, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, and determines whether or not an end demo display execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6602, in step 6604, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and determines whether or not the specific area entry flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 6604, in Step 6606, the effect display control means 2320 sets a command related to the probability change transition end demonstration display (performs the probability change transition end demonstration display on the effect display device 2140), and proceeds to Step 6610. . On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6604, in step 6608, the effect display control means 2320 sets a command related to the normal transition end demo display (performs the normal transition end demo display on the effect display device 2140), and the process proceeds to step 6610. Transition. Also in the case of No in step 6602, the processing shifts to step 6610. Here, the probability transition end demonstration display is a special game end demonstration display that informs the player that the game will shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game being executed, and the normal transition end demonstration display is This is a special game end demonstration display for notifying the player that the game mode shifts to the normal gaming state after the end of the special game.

  Next, in step 6610, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main-side information temporary storage means 2321a, and has received an end demo display completion command (a command for deleting the special game end demo display) from the main side. Determine. In the case of Yes in step 6610, in step 6612, the effect display control means 2320 erases the displayed special game end demonstration display. Next, in step 6614, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the long release confirmed effect execution flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6616, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6618, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the initial background image determined flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6620, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the special gaming flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, if the result of step 6610 is NO, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine without executing the processes of steps 6612 to 6620.

  Here, the lower right part of the figure is a special game end demonstration display image diagram. As described above, under special game conditions, the number of ball entry to the current large winning opening (sorting large winning opening, or normal large winning opening) is sequentially displayed on the effect display device 2140. When the end demonstration display execution command is received from the main side, as shown in the lower part of the same image figure, the on / off status of the specific area entered flag (the game ball enters the specific area in the special game being executed Depending on whether or not there is a special game end demonstration display on the effect display device 2140. In this example, when the specific area entering flag is on, a display indicating that the gaming state after the end and the special game is the probability variation gaming state as a special game end demonstration display (for example, “Congratulations! “Display” and a display (for example, “GET 2000!” Is displayed) for notifying the gaming ball acquired by the player in the special game being executed. On the other hand, when the specific area entry completed flag is off, a display indicating that the gaming state after the end and the special game is the normal gaming state as a special game end demonstration display (for example, "END ..." And a display (for example, “GET 400!” Is displayed) for notifying the gaming ball acquired by the player in the special game being executed. Note that this display is merely an example, and any display can be performed without any problem.

«Function»
Next, the operation of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

<Long open A>
In this example, the description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a long open A unit game. Specifically, the seventh to ninth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 3A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the seventh round of the special game, the sorting large prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “52 ms open · 2600 ms closed · 28800 ms open · closed” (long open), and the shielding member 2224a is , "52 ms open · 2600 ms closed · 31400 ms open · 2000 ms closed · 52 ms open / closed (※ suspend and close the operation if 2600 ms after the closing of the distribution port is not detected)" Operate. In this example, before the opening period of the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or sorting large winning opening 2220) in the special game is over, the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of long opening A / in the case of discharge ball abnormality non-detection)
Here, first, FIG. 44 is a timing chart showing the operation content in the case where the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the opening mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is the long opening A.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the seventh round of the special game), since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at timing 3 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a are opened in response to the passage of 2600 ms from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a (sorting large winning opening 2220 is opened for 28800 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the distribution special winning opening 2220 is closed in response to the passage of 28800 ms from the opening of the distribution special winning opening 2220. The simultaneous closing time of the allotment big winning opening 2220 and the normal big winning opening 2120 will start from this timing.

  Next, at the timing 5 in the figure, the eighth round is triggered by the passage of 200 ms, which is the waiting time for closing the round (total closing time and preparation time), from the closing of the sorting large winning opening 2220. At the same time, since the eighth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). In addition, the period of each round is comprised in order of opening, closing, and preparation. Note that the period from the timing 4 to the actual timing (200 ms) in the figure is the simultaneous closing time of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the normal prize winning port 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 ends with 1900 ms having elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. Note that the period from the timing 4 to the actual timing (1900 ms) in the figure is the game ball detection grace time from the closing of the special winning opening.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the validity period of the specific area 2224 ends when 2600 ms has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. Further, at this timing, since no abnormality of the discharged ball is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated, and the discharged ball detection period is also terminated. Note that the period (700 ms) from the timing 6 to the present timing in the figure is the time from the end of the game ball detection time to the end of the discharge time.

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the 8th round ends when 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the regular prize opening 2120 Then, the ninth round is started, and since the ninth round is an odd-numbered round, the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is opened (52 ms is opened). In addition, the shielding member 2224a is opened (opened 52 ms) triggered by the start of the ninth round, and the effective period of the sorting large winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the detection period of the discharge ball are started. .

  As shown in the lower left of the figure, the relationship between the game ball passing time between switches (between detection devices) and the effective time design value is that the effective time design value is the game ball passing time between switches (between detection devices) The maximum value of the actual measurement value (theoretical value) {the actual measurement value which took the longest time when the gaming ball flowed down between switches (between the detection devices)} is designed for a longer time, and all flowing gaming balls are reliable It is configured to pass between switches (between detection devices).

  In addition, as described above, in this embodiment, the simultaneous closing time of the distribution winning prize opening 2220 and the normal winning opening 2120 is 200 ms, the game ball detection grace time after closing the winning prize opening is 1900 ms, and the game ball The time from the end of the detection time to the end of the discharge time is 700 ms, and the simultaneous closing time of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the normal large winning opening 2120 is configured to be the shortest. In this way, by making the simultaneous closing time of the allocation prize winning opening 2220 and the normal prize winning opening 2120 short, the game balls launched during the special game can be divided into the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the normal prize winning opening 2120. Thus, it is possible to minimize the fact that the player is discharged from the out port 142 without entering the ball, and the player's profit can be secured.

(Long open A / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 45 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the case where the open mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open A.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the seventh round of the special game), since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at timing 3 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a are opened in response to the passage of 2600 ms from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a (sorting large winning opening 2220 is opened for 28800 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the distribution special winning opening 2220 is closed in response to the passage of 28800 ms from the opening of the distribution special winning opening 2220.

  Next, at the timing 5 in the figure, the eighth round is triggered by the passage of 200 ms, which is the waiting time for closing the round (total closing time and preparation time), from the closing of the sorting large winning opening 2220. At the same time, since the eighth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). In addition, the period of each round is comprised in order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 ends with 1900 ms having elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at timing 7 in the drawing, the blocking member 2224a is closed (closing for 2000 ms) at the timing of 31400 ms from the opening of the blocking member 2224a and the effective period of the specific area 2224 ends. Further, at this timing, since the abnormality of the discharge ball is detected, the drive of the shielding member 2224a is continued, and the discharge ball detection period is also continued.

  Next, at timing 8 in the drawing, since the discharge ball is abnormal and 2000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the shielding member 2224a, the shielding member 2224a is opened. Next, at timing 9 in the figure, the discharge ball is abnormal and 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shield member 2224a, thereby closing the shield member 2224a.

  Next, at timing 10 in the drawing, the normal special winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed from the opening of the normal special winning opening 2120. In addition, since the discharge ball abnormality is not resolved also at this timing, the ninth round which is the next round is not started.

  Next, at the timing 11 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality is eliminated, the discharge ball detection period ends, and the preparation time until the start of the next round of 4 ms (1 interrupt) is started. Next, at timing 12 in the figure, the eighth round ends when 4 ms (one interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, and the ninth round is started, and the ninth round is an odd round For this reason, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). In addition, the shielding member 2224a is opened (opened 52 ms) triggered by the start of the ninth round, and the effective period of the sorting large winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the detection period of the discharge ball are started. .

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, the discharge ball abnormality occurs in a certain round (in this example, an odd number round) related to the opening and closing of the distribution big prize opening, and the normal big prize opening that is the next round If the discharge ball abnormality has not been resolved even after the round end waiting time (the time of closing time and preparation time) after the opening / closing operation of the round related to opening / closing of the ball has elapsed, the normal It is comprised so that the round end waiting time of the round concerning opening and closing of a big winning opening may be extended. In addition, when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved in a situation where the round end waiting time of the round related to opening and closing of the normal prize winning opening is extended, a predetermined time (for example, one interruption) from the time when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved After the elapse of 4 ms), the next round (odd round) is configured to start, and after the discharge ball abnormality has been reliably resolved, the opening / closing control of the distribution prize winning in the next round is executed. Will be able to.

<In case of long open B>
In FIG. 46 and FIG. 47, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, the ninth to tenth rounds of a special game (in this example, the special game relating to the 7A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the ninth round of the special game, the sorting large prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms opening and closing” (long opening B), and the shielding member 2224 a “52 ms opening and 2600ms closing, 31400ms opening, 2000ms closing, 52ms opening and closing (* If the discharge error is not detected after 2600ms after the closing of the sorting winning opening, the operation is interrupted and closed) "in this order. The description of the processing substantially the same as in the case of the long opening A will be omitted, and differences will be described.

(In the case of long opening B / in the case of discharge ball abnormality non-detection)
First, reference will be made to FIG. In the unit game of long open B, there is no operation to temporarily close the allocation big prize opening 2220 as compared to the unit game of long release A, so the time until the end of the operation of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is short ( Long release A: 31452 ms, long release B: 29000 ms). Therefore, when the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is opened to the longest, the timing of 7 in the figure for confirming the discharge ball abnormality when 2600 ms elapses from the end of opening of the sorting winning prize opening 2220 in 4 in the figure is the shielding member 2224a. If it is visited during the predetermined period C related to driving and no discharge ball abnormality is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated.

(Long open B / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Reference is now made to FIG. In the unit game of the long opening B, when the discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing 7 in the drawing, the shielding member 2224a continues the constant drive pattern until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. Here, in the figure, the case where the discharge ball abnormality continues is illustrated also at the timing 11 in the figure at which the opening operation of the normal special winning opening 2120 in the tenth round is finished. In this manner, if the discharge ball abnormality that occurs in the opening of the sorting distribution winning prize opening 2220 in the ninth round continues even after the opening operation of the normal winning prize opening 2120 in the tenth round, the tenth round. The opening time and / or the preparation time in the above are extended until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, and the eleventh round will not be started. Thereafter, the discharge ball detection period ends at the timing of 12 in the figure when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, and the eleventh round is started at the timing of 13 in the figure when the next timer interruption process is executed.

<In case of short opening>
In FIG. 48 and FIG. 49, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a short-open unit game. Specifically, the seventh to eighth rounds of a special game (in this example, the special game relating to the 4A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the seventh round of the special game, the sorting large winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “52 ms open / close” (short open), and the shielding member 2224 a “52 ms open · 2600 ms Closed · 31400 ms open · 2000 ms closed · 52 ms open · closed (* If the discharge error is not detected after 2600 ms has passed after closing the distribution port, the operation is interrupted and closed) "in this order. The description of the processing substantially the same as in the case of the long opening A and the long opening B will be omitted, and the difference will be described.

(In case of short open / in case of abnormal detection of discharged ball)
First, FIG. 48 will be referred to. In the short-open unit game, the opening operation of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is completed at the timing 2 in the figure, and the discharge ball abnormality is confirmed at the timing 5 in the figure that is 2600 ms later. Here, when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is ended simultaneously with the end of the predetermined period B, and the driving relating to the subsequent predetermined period C · D · E is not executed.

(In the case of short opening / In the case of discharge ball abnormality detection)
Reference is now made to FIG. When a discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing 5 in the figure in a unit game with a short opening, the driving of the shielding member 2224a related to the predetermined period C · D · E is continued until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. . In addition, when the opening operation of the regular prize winning opening 2120 in the eighth round is continued, the opening time and / or preparation time in the eighth round is extended to the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, Nine rounds will not start. Thereafter, when the driving operation of the shielding member 2224a continues at the timing of 7 when the discharge ball abnormality is eliminated, the drive operation is forcibly ended and the discharge ball detection period is ended, and the next timer interrupt processing is performed. The ninth round is started at the timing of 8 in the figure to be executed.

  In the present embodiment, since the sorting big prize winning opening and the normal big winning prize mouth are controlled independently, respectively, even if the discharge ball abnormality occurs in the sorting big winning prize mouth, it is usually large The opening of the winning opening is configured to be performed, and the effect of facilitating smooth progression of the game can be achieved.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, it is comprised so that the entrance of the game ball | bowl to a specific area | region may be detected in all the rounds which concern on opening / closing of the big prize winning opening in a special game. As a result, the same processing can be reused regardless of whether or not game balls have already entered the specific area, and the program capacity can be reduced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, various information commands (in particular, a high profit redisplay command) are transmitted to the sub side at the time of recovery from the power-off. As a result, even when a power failure occurs after the game ball enters the specific area during the special game, the same effects as the effects executed before the power failure can be started, so the power It will be possible to prevent the player from performing an effect such as a loss of benefit for the player due to a defect in the effect before and after the break.

  Further, in the present embodiment, since the sorting large winning opening and the normal large winning opening are alternately opened during the special game, the distribution large winning opening is opened in the long opening opening mode. The number of rounds that will give players a sense of expectation that they will be given the opportunity to transition to a probability-variable gaming state, and the design of the gaming machine, such as which rounds will open the big prize winning opening The variation of this can be increased, and the interest property of a game can be improved. In addition, it is not limited to this example and may be arbitrarily set to which round the open mode of the distribution large winning a prize opening is a long open. Further, in this embodiment, the round related to the opening / closing of the distribution winning award is an odd number round and the round related to the opening / closing of the normal winning award is an even number round. The rounds related to opening and closing may be odd-numbered rounds, the rounds related to opening and closing of the sorting prize winning opening may be even-numbered rounds, and the distribution winning prize opening and the regular winning prize opening may not be configured to be alternately opened ( Rounds related to the opening and closing of one big winning opening may be continuous).

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the round related to the opening and closing of the sorting prize winning opening, even after the opening of the sorting prize winning opening is completed, there is a period in which the shielding member is opened, Even if a game ball has entered just before the end of the opening of the allocation big prize opening, it can enter the specific area, so it is more reliable when the distribution big prize opening is opened in the long opening mode. It is possible to provide a user-friendly game machine capable of causing the game ball to enter the specific area.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when the end demonstration time of the special game has passed, the end demonstration is not ended (the main game symbol fluctuation can not be started) when the discharge standby time is in progress. Even when a discharge ball abnormality occurs in the final round of the special game, the period for executing the error notification can be secured.

(Modification 1 from the present embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the discharge ball abnormality is eliminated when the power is turned off, but the method of eliminating the discharge ball abnormality is not limited to this. Therefore, such a configuration is taken as a first modification of the present embodiment, and only the changes from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 50 is a flowchart of the special game control process and the discharged ball abnormality recovery process in the first modification from the present embodiment. The change from this embodiment is about Step 2850 (Modification 1). That is, in the special game control process related to the subroutine of step 2100, after the execution of the normal prize opening control process of step 2700, the special game execution control means 1173 executes the discharged ball abnormality recovery process in step 2850 (modified 1). And go to step 2900.

  Next, a discharge ball abnormality recovery process according to the subroutine of step 2850 (variation 1) will be described. First, in step 2852, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2852, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 in step 2854 and determines whether or not the entering confirmation flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2854, in step 2856, the special game execution control means 1173 determines whether or not the sorting distribution winning prize entrance ball sensor (sorting winning detection device 2221) detects a new game ball entering ball. judge. If Yes in step 2856, in step 2858, the special game execution control means 1173 turns on the entry confirmation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine . On the other hand, also in the case of No at step 2856, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  In the case of No in step 2854, in step 2860, the special game execution control unit 1173 determines whether or not the discharge sensor (discharge ball detection device 2224-2) has detected a new game ball. In the case of Yes in step 2860, in step 2862, the special game execution control means 1173 resets (zero clears) the allotment winning number counter 1174e and the discharging number counter 1174f. In addition, it is eliminated from discharge ball abnormality by this processing. Next, in step 2864, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the ball entry confirmation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Also in the case of No at step 2852 or step 2860, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  By changing as described above, the pachinko gaming machine in the modification example 1 from the present embodiment causes the game ball to enter the sorting winning prize opening at the time of discharge ball abnormality, and the sorting big winning opening ball enters The sensor and the discharge sensor are configured to be recovered from the discharge ball abnormality by detecting the entry of the game ball. As a result, it is possible to recover from the discharge ball abnormality without interrupting the power supply (without interrupting the game) (the progress of the game is not hindered).

(Modification 2 from the present embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the specific area valid period is constant regardless of the opening mode of the big prize opening, but is not limited thereto, and may be different depending on the opening mode of the big winning opening or other factors. You may Therefore, such a configuration is set as a second modification of the present embodiment, and only the changes from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  The gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the present embodiment includes a distribution opening period timer 1174g that measures the elapsed time from the start to the end of the distribution large winning opening 2220 during the special game round, There is a distribution closing time timer 1174h for measuring the elapsed time from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220 during the special game round to the end of the specific area valid period.

  Moreover, in the modified example 2 from this embodiment, there are two types of opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 in the special game: long opening A and short opening. B and other opening modes may be provided. Further, in the second modification from the present embodiment, the time values such as the opening time of the allocation big prize opening 2220 and the effective period of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the special game are different from those of the present embodiment. It is an example, and it may be the same time value as in the present embodiment.

  First, FIG. 51 is a flowchart of the distribution winning prize winning opening / closing control process in the second modification of the embodiment. First, changes from the present embodiment are steps 3000 (variation 2) and 2320 (variation 2) to steps 2326 (variation 2), and the purpose is to close the distribution prize winning opening 2220 at the timing of closing it. The minute closing time timer 1174h is activated. That is, in the case of Yes in step 2304, that is, in the case where the sorting large winning opening opening control flag is on, in step 3000 (modification 2), the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 The winning opening / closing control process is executed, and the process proceeds to step 2310.

  In the case of Yes in step 2310, that is, when a predetermined number (10) of game balls have entered the distribution big prize opening 2220, in step 2320 (odd 2), the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 The distribution closing timer activation flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197 is turned on, and the process shifts to step 2326 (v 2). On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2310, in Step 2322 (Modification 2), the distribution big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and the distribution release period end flag is set. It is determined whether or not it is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2322 (Modification 2), in Step 2324 (Modification 2), the distribution big prize control means 1174 determines the distribution release period end flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Is turned off, and the flow shifts to Step 2326 (Variant 2). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2322 (change 2), the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, in Step 2326 (Variation 2), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 stops and resets (zero clears) the allocation release period timer 1174g, and proceeds to Step 2314.

  Next, FIG. 52 is a flowchart of the allocation big prize opening opening / closing execution process in the modified example 2 from the present embodiment. First, in step 3002, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the sorting open period timer 1174 g is in operation. If Yes in step 3002, the process moves to step 3010. On the other hand, in the case of No at step 3002, the sorting large prize winning opening control means 1174 starts a sorting open period timer 1174 g at step 3004. Next, in step 3006, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 opens the allocation prize winning opening 2220. Next, in step 3008, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the specific area valid flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the process proceeds to step 3010.

  Next, in step 3010, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the allocation release period timer 1174g and determines whether or not the timer value has reached a predetermined value A (40 ms in this example). . In the case of Yes in step 3010, in step 3012, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, and whether or not the opening mode of the allocation large winning opening 2220 is long open A. Determine. If Yes in step 3012, the process moves to step 3016. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3012, in other words, when the opening mode of the allocation big prize opening 2220 is short open, in step 3014, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 temporarily stores the allocation game related information. The distribution release period end flag in the flag area of the means 1197 is turned on, and the process proceeds to step 3016.

  Next, in step 3016, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 closes the sorting large winning opening 2220. Next, in step 3018, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the timer action flag at the time of closing the distribution in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and makes a call to this subroutine. Return.

  If NO in step 3010, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the sorting open period timer 1174g in step 3020, and the timer value reaches a predetermined value B (in this example, 3040 ms). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 3020, in step 3022, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 opens the large allocation winning opening 2220. Next, in step 3024, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the specific area valid flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3020, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the sorting open period timer 1174g in step 3026, and the timer value reaches a predetermined value C (30840 ms in this example). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 3026, in step 3028, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns on the timer operation flag at the time of closing the distribution in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 3030, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the allocation release period end flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. To do. On the other hand. Even in the case of No in step 3026, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Here, as shown in the open / close timing image diagram in the lower part of the figure, in the modified example 2 from the present embodiment, there are two types of opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220: long open A and short open. Exists. In the long open A, “40 ms open → 3000 ms closed → 27800 ms open → closed”, and in the short open, “40 ms open → closed”. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  Next, FIG. 53 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process in Modification 2 from the present embodiment. First, the change from the present embodiment is step 3100 (v2) and step 2392 (v2), and the purpose thereof is to be able to execute a specific area prize standby process described later. That is, after the sorting prize waiting flag is turned on at step 2360, or when the discharge waiting flag is on at step 2352, sorting prize winning opening control means 1174 at step 3100 (v 2). Executes a specific area winning stand-by process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2374. Also, after turning on the discharge confirmation permission flag at step 2390, at step 2392 (v. 2), the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the round number counter 1173a (increment) and calls this subroutine Return to the original state (by executing the increment process, the next round will be started).

  Next, FIG. 54 is a flowchart of the specific area winning awaiting process in the second modification from the embodiment. First, in step 3102, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the timer operation flag at the time of distribution closing is on. In the case of Yes in Step 3102, in Step 3104, the large allocation winning prize control means 1174 sets the allocation closing time timer 1174 h to the specific area winning waiting time (2000 ms) and starts. Next, in step 3106, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 turns on a specific area winning waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 turns off the timer operation flag at the time of closing the distribution in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and proceeds to Step 3110. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 3102, the processing shifts to step 3110.

  Next, at step 3110, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the specific area winning standby flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 3110, in step 3112, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 refers to the distribution closing timer 1174 h and determines whether or not the timer value is 0. In the case of Yes in step 3112, in step 3114, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns off the specific area winning standby flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 3116, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns off the specific area valid flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. That is, after the timer operation flag at the time of distribution closing is turned on {after the distribution large prize winning opening 2220 is closed (temporarily closed during the same round)} for a predetermined time (for example, 2000 ms which is a specific area winning waiting time) After the elapse of time, the specific area valid flag is turned off (in conjunction with the processing described later, the game ball entering the specific area 2224 is invalidated). Also in the case of No in step 3110 or step 3112, the processing returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process in the second modification from the present embodiment. First, the change from the present embodiment is Step 2420 (Variation 2), and its purpose is also when a ball entering the specific area 2224 is detected when the specific area valid flag is off. The probability variation reservation flag is not turned on. That is, in step 2411, when the ball detected by the specific area prize sensor is the first ball in the special game being executed, in step 2420 (mod 2), the special game execution control means 1173 is a sorting game With reference to the flag area of the related information temporary storage unit 1197, it is determined whether the specific area valid flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2420 (Modification 2), the processing of Step 2412 and Step 2413 is executed (the probability variation transition reservation flag is turned on and the probability variation gaming state is set after the special game), and the process proceeds to Step 2416. On the other hand, in the case of No at step 2420 (variation 2), the process proceeds to step 2416 without executing the processing of steps 2412 and 2413.

(Long open A / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 56 is a timing diagram showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected when the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open A in the second modification from the present embodiment. It is a chart.

  In this example, the description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a long open A unit game. Specifically, the seventh to eighth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game relating to a 3A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the seventh round of the special game, the large allocation winning opening 2220 operates (long open) in the order of “40 ms open / 3000 ms close / 27800 ms open / close”. Further, in this example, the operation pattern of the shielding member 2224a is always the same operation pattern (40 ms open / 3000 ms open / 29800 ms open / 2000 ms closed / 40 ms open / closed) regardless of the open mode of the distribution prize winning opening 2220. It has become. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the seventh round of the special game), since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (40 ms open) is executed. In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (3000 ms closing) when 40 ms has elapsed since the opening of the sorting prize winning port 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. . Further, due to the closing timing of the distribution winning prize opening 2220, the distribution closing timer 1174h starts with setting the specific area prize waiting time (2000 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the specific area is effective because the timer value of the timer 1174h at the time of distribution closing becomes 0 (2000 ms has passed since the distribution winning prize opening 2220 was closed). The period ends.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, when 3000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a, the allocation large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened again, and the distribution The special winning opening valid period and the specific area valid period are also valid.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 is closed when the maximum number of game balls (10 in this example) is won at the distribution large winning opening 2220. Also, due to the close timing of the large allocation winning opening 2220, the specific area winning standby time (2000 ms) is set in the distribution closing timer 1174h and started.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the specific area is effective because the timer value of the distribution closing timer 1174h becomes 0 (2000 ms has passed since the allocation prize winning port 2220 was closed). As the period ends, the effective period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 ends. In addition, a sufficient time (2000 ms) has passed to discharge the game ball that has entered the allocation prize winning port 2220 (detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the exit ball detection device 2224-2). At this timing, it is confirmed whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (the number of game balls detected by the distribution prize detection device 2221 and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. It is determined whether the number of game balls is the same or not (in this example, the case where the discharge ball abnormality is detected is illustrated).

  Next, at timing 7 in the drawing, the shielding member 2224a is closed in response to 29800 ms elapsed from the opening of the shielding member 2224a (in accordance with the constant opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a).

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened at the timing of 2000 ms from the closing of the shielding member 2224a (according to a certain opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a). Next, at timing 9 in the figure, the shield member 2224a is closed when 40 ms elapses from the opening of the shield member 2224a (in accordance with a certain opening pattern of the shield member 2224a).

  Next, at the timing 10 in the figure, the discharged ball abnormality detected from the timing 6 in the figure has been resolved, so the discharged ball detection period ends, and 4 ms (1 interrupt) preparation time until the start of the next round Is started. Next, at the timing of 11 in the figure, the 7th round is finished with the fact that 4 ms (1 interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, the 8th round is started, and the 8th round is an even number round. Since there is usually, the special winning opening 2120 will be opened.

(In the case of short opening / In the case of discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 57 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when an abnormal discharge ball is detected when the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is short open in the second modification from the present embodiment. is there.

  In this example, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in a “certain special game” including a short-open unit game. Specifically, the seventh to eighth rounds of a special game (in this example, the special game relating to the 4A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the seventh round of the special game, the large allocation winning opening 2220 operates (short-open) in the order of “40 ms open / close”. The description of the processing substantially the same as in the case of the long opening A will be omitted, and differences will be described.

  First, at timing 2 in the drawing, the distribution big winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a are closed when 40 ms has elapsed from the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a. Also, due to the close timing of the large allocation winning opening 2220, the specific area winning standby time (2000 ms) is set in the distribution closing timer 1174h and started.

  Next, at the timing 3 in the figure, the timer value of the distribution closing timer 1174h becomes 0 (2000 ms has elapsed since the distribution large winning opening 2220 was closed), the distribution large. The effective period of the winning opening 2220 ends. In addition, a sufficient time (2000 ms) has passed to discharge the game ball that has entered the allocation prize winning port 2220 (detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the exit ball detection device 2224-2). At this timing, it is confirmed whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (the number of game balls detected by the distribution prize detection device 2221 and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. It is determined whether the number of game balls is the same or not (in this example, the case where the discharge ball abnormality is detected is illustrated).

  By changing as described above, the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modified example from the present embodiment has passed a predetermined time (in this example, 2000 ms) from the timing at which the distribution prize winning opening 2220 having the specific area 2224 is closed. Is configured to invalidate the specific area. With this configuration, in the case where the open mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is short open, the game ball is inserted when the large distribution winning opening 2220 related to the short opening is opened, and the ball is inserted. When the game ball is kept in the sorting prize winning opening by cheating (for example, a magnet, a goto act using so-called thread and ball etc.) and the game ball is allowed to open, and the shielding member 2224a is opened again, Even if the game ball enters the specific area 2224, the right to enter the probability-variable game state after the special game is granted because the entry to the specific area is invalid before the shielding member 2224a is opened. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acquisition.

  In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modified example from the present embodiment is configured to check whether or not there is an abnormality in the discharged ball at the timing when the specific area effective period related to the round being executed ends. It is possible to prevent the game ball from entering a specific area during discharge ball abnormality and acquiring the right to shift to the probability fluctuation game state after the special game.

  In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modified example from the present embodiment is configured such that the specific area becomes invalid after a predetermined time (2000 ms in this example) from the timing when the distribution prize winning opening is closed. Even if a predetermined time elapses after the closing of the prize winning opening, the specific area may not be invalidated and the shielding member may be closed to prevent the game ball from entering the specific area.

  In the pachinko gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the present embodiment, the game ball is in the specific area in a period during which the entry into the specific area is invalid (in a normal game, the game ball cannot enter). When the player has entered the ball, it may be configured to transmit to the outside (for example, a hall computer or the like) that there is an abnormal winning in the specific area. Also, in such a situation, it is clear that an error such as a clogged ball or an illegal act has occurred, so that a notice that an abnormal prize has been detected on the liquid crystal screen, electrical lamp, voice, etc. (It may be configured to send a signal to an external terminal board or a hall computer so as to notify the staff of the game hall of the abnormality). In that case, an error notification lamp may be provided in the vicinity of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230), the round number display lamp (not shown) or the like. Also, depending on the importance of the error, the display period of the error display, the illumination lamp, and the error notification lamp are different (for example, the end timing of the notification period is different, for example, until the end of the special game or until the power interruption is restored). May be.

  In the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from this embodiment, even if the specific area is effective, the ball enters the specific area (due to, for example, the structural design in the distribution winning prize port 2220). If the game ball enters a specific area during an unexpected period (for example, the first 40 ms specific area effective period in the round where the distribution big winning opening becomes short open), the effective period of the specific area Because it is in the middle, it acquires the right to transition to the probability fluctuation gaming state, but since there is a high possibility that some abnormality has occurred, it sends a signal to the external terminal board or the hall computer, and the abnormality to the staff of the game arcade It may be configured to be able to notify

  Here, when the entry of a game ball into the specific area is detected during the invalid period of the specific area, and when the game ball enters the specific area during the valid period of the specific area and no entry is assumed In any case, there is a high possibility that an abnormality has occurred. However, in the latter case, since the detection is normal, it is difficult to perform strong error notification (for example, error notification by liquid crystal or sound). Therefore, it is preferable to notify an error by a method of transmitting (or transmitting easily) only to the game arcade staff. For example, there are methods such as lighting an electric decoration lamp with a lighting pattern that is not normally executed and transmitting a signal to a hall computer. Here, main controller 1000 is connected to hall computer H via an external terminal board (not shown), and transmits a signal to the external terminal board when an error occurs, a big hit, or at the end of fluctuation. It has a terminal, but when a game ball enters the specific area during the invalid period of the specific area, and when it enters the specific area during the effective period of the specific area where no ball is expected It may be configured such that a terminal for transmitting a signal to the external terminal board side is different from the case where a game ball is detected (for example, an error terminal in the former case, an extra terminal in the latter case) Send a signal, etc.).

Second Embodiment
In the present embodiment, although the discharge ball abnormality related to the allotment large winning opening has been described in detail, in addition to the discharge ball abnormality, another error detection mode (or an error detection device) may be provided. It is also good. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a second embodiment, and only differences from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  In addition, the gaming machine according to the second embodiment can detect the vibration when the gaming machine is illegitimately vibrated (vibration of intensity or acceleration which can not occur when playing normally). The vibration sensor 500 includes a case 501 for protecting the vibration sensor 500, a pickup 502 for converting mechanical energy generated by the vibration into electric energy, and a pickup for fixing the pickup 502. A holding portion 503, a printed circuit board 505 on which an electric circuit is mounted, a screw 506 for fixing the printed circuit board 505, lead wires 507a and 507b for electrically connecting the pickup 502 and the printed circuit board 505; And a connector 508 for transmitting the signal output from the printed circuit board 505 to the outside, and There. Further, the pickup 502 has a metal plate 504 and a piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a, and the pickup holding portion 503 has a pickup holding portion main body 503a. In addition, the gaming machine according to the second embodiment has a vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 for monitoring whether the vibration sensor 500 detects a vibration error, and the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 monitors the vibration sensor 500. The vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a for temporarily storing information related to the above, and a vibration sensor monitoring timer 1165b for measuring the time from the power on to the end of the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500.

  First, the configuration of the vibration sensor 500 and the vibration error detection method will be described in detail. The vibration sensor 500 is located on the lower right side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area), and includes a big prize opening unit 2500 (a large size shown in FIG. 3) including a distribution big prize opening 2220 and a normal big prize opening 2120. It is provided on the back side (showing from the player) of the device related to the prize opening, and is placed at a position where it is not visible (or difficult to see) by the player (vibration sensor 500). Is a device that does not detect vibration errors if the game is progressing normally).

  Here, FIG. 58 is a view showing the structure of the vibration sensor 500 according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 58 (a) is a plan view of the vibration sensor 500, and FIG. 58 (b) is the vibration sensor 500. FIG. As shown in the figure, in the case 501, the pickup 502 is housed in a ring-shaped pickup holding portion 503 made of rubber so as not to be destroyed even if it receives a large vibration (impact). The pickup holding portion 503 is composed of an O-shaped ring-shaped rubber pickup holding portion main body 503a, and a recess is formed in the inner central portion of the ring shape, and the pickup 502 is fitted and fixed in the recess. ing. Further, a printed circuit board 505 shown in FIG. 58A is fixed by a screw 506 to a case 501 on the upper side of FIG. 58B of the pickup holding portion 503 by the screw 506. The pickup holding unit 503 and the pickup 502 are held down.

  Next, FIG. 59A is a plan view of the pickup 502 of the vibration sensor 500 according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 59B is a side view of the pickup 502. As shown in FIG. 59 (b), the pickup 502 is configured by attaching a piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a to a thin disk-shaped metal plate 504. Further, as shown in the same figure, the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a and the metal plate 504 are configured to be connected to the electric circuit mounted on the printed circuit board 505 through the lead wires 507a and 507b connected respectively. Yes.

  Note that a filter circuit and an amplifier circuit for processing and amplifying the frequency characteristics of the signal input through the lead wires 507a and 507b are mounted on the printed circuit board 505, and the output through the filter circuit or the amplifier circuit. The signal to be output is output from the connector 508 shown in FIG. 58B to the outside (for example, the main controller 1000). As shown in FIG. 58A, the connector 508 is mounted on a printed circuit board 505.

  Here, the operation of the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a in the vibration sensor 500 will be described in detail below.

  Ceramics are generally a collection of fine crystals, and each crystal is composed of positively charged atoms and negatively charged atoms. Among ceramics, there exist ferroelectric ceramics in which the balance of positive and negative charges in a crystal is not balanced in a natural state, and charge bias (spontaneous polarization) occurs.

  Ferroelectric ceramics vary in the direction of spontaneous polarization, but by applying a high voltage, the direction of spontaneous polarization is aligned in a uniform direction and does not return to the original state even when the voltage is removed. In this way, aligning the direction of spontaneous polarization is called polarization processing, and when the polarization processing is performed on ferroelectric ceramics, piezoelectric ceramics are obtained.

  When a voltage is applied to the piezoelectric ceramic from the outside, the centers of the positive and negative charges inside the piezoelectric ceramic attract and retract from the external voltage, and the ceramic body expands and contracts. In addition, when pressure is applied to piezoelectric ceramics, a positive charge appears on one surface, and negative charges appear on the other surface. Conversely, when the piezoelectric ceramics are pulled, pressure is applied to both surfaces. The opposite charge is generated. Thus, the piezoelectric ceramic is configured to be able to exchange electrical energy and mechanical energy using polarization of the crystal.

  In the second embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 converts mechanical energy due to vibration (impact) into electrical energy by the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a in which the piezoelectric ceramic is formed in a plate shape, and the conversion as described above. Electrical energy is output from the connector 508 to the outside (for example, the main control device 1000) through the filter circuit and the amplifier circuit mounted on the printed circuit board 505 through the lead wires 507a and 507b. The device is configured to be able to transmit a signal that is a vibration error.

  The vibration sensor used in the second embodiment is merely an example, and any vibration sensor can be used as long as it can be used for error detection of pachinko gaming machines.

  Next, FIG. 60 is an overall electrical configuration diagram in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is that the vibration sensor 500 is provided, and the vibration sensor 500 is electrically connected to the main control device 1000, and as described above, the detected vibration (impact) is detected. It is configured so that it can be converted into electrical energy and transmitted to the main controller 1000.

  Next, FIG. 61 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is step 4017-1 (second) to step 4017-3 (second) and step 1050 (second), that is, in step 4006, the RAM clear information is transferred to the sub control board 2320 side. In step 4015 (the second), the main control device 1000 transmits the vibration sensor timer 1065 b (the second signal) to the vibration sensor timer 1065 b (in step 4015). A predetermined time (in this example, 5 seconds) is set in the subtraction timer) and started. Next, at step 4017-2 (second), main controller 1000 starts monitoring vibration sensor 500. Next, in step 4017-2 (second), main controller 1000 turns on the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and proceeds to step 4018. Do.

  On the other hand, the main controller 1000 executes vibration sensor monitoring processing, which will be described later, at step 1050 (second) when the scheduled interrupt period T is reached (for example, hardware interrupt approximately every 1.5 ms). Then, the process proceeds to step 1100.

  In this way, by monitoring the vibration sensor 500 for a predetermined time (5 seconds in this example) after turning on the power, it is confirmed whether or not to detect the vibration generated when the door 108 is opened, It is comprised so that it can confirm whether the vibration sensor 500 is operate | moving normally.

  In the second embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 is monitored for a predetermined time (five seconds in this example) after the power is turned on, but monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is started after the power is turned on. The monitoring end timing is not limited to this, for example, (1) until the timing when the door 108 is opened and then closed {until the door opening sensor (not shown) is turned from ON to OFF (in addition, the door 108 is turned on) Is open), (2) from the timing of closing after the door 108 is opened to the elapse of a predetermined time, (3) until a predetermined operation (depression of sub input button, etc.) is performed, (4) After the vibration error occurs, until the vibration error ends (error cancellation), etc., it may be changed as long as the vibration sensor 500 is configured to confirm whether or not it operates properly. It may be.

  Next, FIG. 62 is a flowchart of vibration sensor monitoring processing according to the subroutine of step 1050 (second) of FIG. 61 in the second embodiment. First, in step 1052, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and determines whether the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1052, in step 1054, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500 and determines whether the vibration sensor 500 detects a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. The vibration sensor 500 is a vibration error even when the vibration sensor 500 is broken, such as a disconnection (a wire is cut), a short circuit (a wire connecting the connector 508 and the pachinko game machine is in contact with another wire, etc.). It is comprised so that it may judge (it detects a vibration error).

  In the case of Yes in Step 1054, in Step 1056, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in Step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1058, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets a command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the external terminal board (the external signal output in step 3100 transmits the command to the external terminal board). The process proceeds to step 1060. Note that if the result of step 1054 is No, the process proceeds to step 1060.

  In the second embodiment, the error notification continues for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), and monitoring of the vibration sensor is extended during the predetermined time. Further, when a vibration error occurs again during the extension of the monitoring of the vibration sensor, the error notification and the monitoring of the vibration sensor are executed for the predetermined time from the timing when the error occurs again.

  Next, in step 1060, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the vibration sensor monitoring timer 1165b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. If YES in step 1060, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 ends the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 in step 1062. Next, in step 1064, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and performs the next processing (processing in step 1100). Move to).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1052, in step 1066, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag {step 2211 (second ) Determines whether or not the flag turned on} is on. In the case of Yes in step 1066, in step 1068, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500, and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1068, in step 1070, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1072, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets a command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the external terminal board (the external signal output in step 3100 transmits the command to the external terminal board). Then, the process proceeds to step 1074. Note that if the result of step 1068 is No, the process proceeds to step 1074. Next, in step 1074, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the vibration sensor monitoring end flag {the flag turned on in step 2461 (second)} is set. Determine whether it is on. In the case of Yes in step 1074, in step 1076, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the vibration sensor monitoring end flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a. Next, in step 1078, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 ends monitoring of the vibration sensor 500. Next, in step 1080, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and performs the next processing (processing in step 1100). ). Also in the case of No in step 1060, step 1066 or step 1074, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100).

  Next, FIG. 63 is a flowchart of the allocation prize winning control process according to the subroutine of Step 2200 of FIG. 20 in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is step 2211 (second), that is, after the shielding member drive control flag is turned on in step 2210, then in step 2211 (second) the sorting prize winning opening control means A step 1174 turns on a special game on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and proceeds to step 2212. As described above, in the second embodiment, monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is executed at the start of a round related to the opening of the distribution large winnings opening 2220 in the special game (the vibration sensor monitoring flag during the special game is turned on) ) Is configured.

  Next, FIG. 64 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 of FIG. 63 in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is step 2357 (second) and step 2392-1 (second) to step 2392 (second) -6 (second), that is, in step 2355 the sorting winning prize winning opening After turning off the open end flag, in step 2357 (second), the sorting prize winning hole control means 1174 sets the sorting prize waiting time (in this example, 3000 ms) in the sorting prize standby timer 1174 b. The timer is started, and the process proceeds to step 2360.

  On the other hand, after the sorting prize waiting flag is turned off in step 2378, the sorting prize winning opening control means 1174 controls the discharge standby timer 1174d to wait the discharge standby time (in this example, in step 2392-1 (second)). 1000 ms) is set and the timer is started. Next, in step 2392-2 (second), the distribution large winning prize port control means 1174 turns on the discharge standby flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and step 239-2 Move to (second). Also in the case of No in step 2374 or step 2376, the processing shifts to step 2923-3 (second).

  Next, at step 2392-3 (second), the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge waiting flag is on. Determine In the case of Yes in step 2392-3 (second), in step 2392-4 (second), the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the discharge waiting timer 1174d and determines whether or not the timer value is 0. Determine if In the case of Yes in step 2392-4 (second), in step 2392-5 (second), the distribution big prize control means 1174 waits for discharge in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Turn off the medium flag. Next, in step 2392-6 (second), the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns on the discharge confirmation permission flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and performs the next processing ( (Processing of step 2400). It should be noted that if the result of step 2392-3 (second) or step 2392-4 (second) is No, the process proceeds to the next process (process of step 2400). As described above, in the second embodiment, after the winning standby time of the allocation large winning opening 2220 has ended (the timer value of the allocation winning standby timer 1174b becomes 0), the discharge waiting time (in this example, 1000 ms) is provided (in addition, the detection of the discharged ball is effective even during the opening time of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the waiting time for winning).

  Next, FIG. 65 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of Step 2400 of FIG. 63 in the second embodiment. The difference from this embodiment is step 2404 (second). In addition, the processing during “the validity period of the specific area after the end of the allocation prize waiting time” has been changed to “during the waiting time for the discharge after the end of the allocation prize waiting time”, and the processes of steps 2421 to 2423 are deleted. ing. In other words, if the discharge ball abnormality flag is OFF in step 2402, in step 2404 (second), the distribution big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and discharges it. It is determined whether the waiting flag is off.

  Next, FIG. 66 is a flowchart of the discharge ball abnormality detection process according to the subroutine of step 2450 of FIG. 63 in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is step 2461 (second), that is, after the normal discharge completion flag is turned on in step 2460, in step 2461 (second), the large allocation winning a prize controlling means 1174 is set. Then, the vibration sensor monitoring end flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a is turned on, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2500).

«Function»
Next, the operation of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In FIG. 67 and FIG. 68, description will be made by paying attention to “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, the ninth to tenth rounds of a special game (in this example, the special game relating to the 7A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the ninth round of the special game, the sorting large prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms opening and closing” (long opening B), and the shielding member 2224 a “52 ms opening and 2600ms closed, 31400ms open, 2000ms closed, 52ms open and closed (※ suspend and close the operation when no discharge error is detected after 4000ms after the closing of the distribution port). In this example, before the opening period of the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or sorting large winning opening 2220) in the special game is over, the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of long opening B / in the case of discharge ball abnormality non-detection)
First, FIG. 67 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the open mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open B according to the second embodiment. .

  First, at the timing 1 in the figure (the start timing of the ninth round of the special game), since the ninth round is an odd round, opening of the sorting member 2224 a in the sorting distribution winning opening 2220 and the distribution closing winning opening 2220 (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at the timing, the effective period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 and the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharge ball, and the monitoring of the vibration sensor are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened when 2600 ms have elapsed since the closing of the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a (the distribution large prize opening) 2220 is opened for 29000 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. Since it is started and the tenth round is an even-numbered round, usually the special winning opening 2120 will be opened (opening of 29000 ms). In addition, the period of each round is comprised in order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at timing 6 in the figure, the trigger period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 and the valid period of the specific area 2224 end with the lapse of 3000 ms from the closing of the distribution winning prize port 2220.

  Next, at the timing 7 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality is not detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly ended, and the discharge ball detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 are also ended.

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the 10th round is finished, the 11th round is started, and since the 11th round is an odd number round, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). It will be. In addition, when the eleventh round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the effective period of the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the vibration Monitoring of the sensor 500 is started.

(Long open B / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 68 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation prize opening 2220 is long open B according to the second embodiment. .

  First, at the timing 1 in the figure (the start timing of the ninth round of the special game), since the ninth round is an odd round, the sorting distribution winning opening 2220 is opened (opening of 29000 ms) and the sorting opening winning opening 2220 The inner shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms is opened). In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the shield member 2224a is closed (closed at 2600 ms) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the shield member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the opening of the shielding member 2224a is triggered by the passage of 2600 ms since the closing of the shielding member 2224a (the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened for 29000 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms). To do.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. Since it is started and the tenth round is an even-numbered round, usually the special winning opening 2120 will be opened (opening of 29000 ms). In addition, the period of each round is comprised in order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at timing 6 in the figure, the trigger period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 and the valid period of the specific area 2224 end with the lapse of 3000 ms from the closing of the distribution winning prize port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the discharge confirmation (confirmation of whether the consistency between the number of winning balls and the number of discharging balls is taken) is executed, and an abnormality of the discharging balls is detected. The detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 will continue. Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed (2000 ms closing) when 34052 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at timing 9 in the figure, the discharge ball is abnormal and the shield member 2224a is opened when 2000 ms has elapsed from the closing of the shield member 2224a. Next, at timing 10 in the figure, the discharge ball is abnormal and 52 ms has elapsed from the opening of the shield member 2224a, thereby closing the shield member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing 11 in the figure, the normal special winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal special winning opening 2120. Note that the eleventh round, which is the next round, is not started because the discharge ball abnormality has not been resolved at this timing.

  Next, at the timing 12 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, the discharge ball detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 are ended, and the preparation time until the start of the next round of 4 ms (one interrupt) is started. Next, at the timing of 13 in the figure, the 10th round is ended when 4 ms (1 interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, the 11th round is started, and the 11th round is an odd round. Because there is a certain distribution, the special winning opening 2220 will be opened (open for 52 ms). In addition, when the eleventh round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the effective period of the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the vibration Monitoring of the sensor 500 is started.

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment, the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 continues until the discharge standby time even if the valid period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 and the valid period of the specific area 2224 end. In addition, when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the vibration sensor 500 is continuously monitored until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. By this configuration, when a discharge ball abnormality is detected, if a vibration error is detected simultaneously with the discharge ball abnormality, chattering due to the vibration (the vibration is applied) is the cause of the discharge ball abnormality. Therefore, it can be inferred that the distribution winning detection device 2221 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 detects the passage of a plurality of balls in spite of the passage of one ball, If a vibration error is not detected at the same time as the discharge ball abnormality, it can be assumed that the cause of the discharge ball abnormality is clogging (the game ball is parked in the sorting prize winning port 2220). The reason for the error can be determined in detail.

  A sub input button may be provided in the gaming machine according to the second embodiment. In such a configuration, it is desirable that an effect that prompts the player to press the sub input button is not executed as an effect in the round in which the shielding member 2224a is opened during the special game. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the vibration sensor 500 from detecting the pressing of the sub input button performed by the player according to the effect urging the pressing of the sub input button as a vibration error. .

  Further, in the gaming machine according to the second embodiment, although the error notification is configured to be performed when a vibration error is detected, the present invention is not limited thereto, and even if the configuration is such that the game is interrupted together with the error notification. Alternatively, the processing may be executed only when a predetermined vibration error (for example, an error such as a strong impact detected or a long-time vibration detected) is detected.

(Modification 1 from the second embodiment)
In the second embodiment, the confirmation of the discharge of the large prize winning opening 2220 (confirmation of whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls are consistent) is the opening of the large distribution winning opening 2220 in the special game. Although it was comprised so that it might run in all the rounds which concern, when comprised in that case, the frequency | count of discharge confirmation performed in a special game increases, and there exists a possibility that the execution time of the said special game may become long. Therefore, a configuration that can solve such a problem is taken as a first modification of the second embodiment, and only the changes from the second embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the specific region 2224 is configured to be effective only in the round (in the present example, the 9R) in which the shielding member 2224a is opened, and the effective period is the shielding member. It becomes effective from the timing which 2224a opened, and invalidated after 3000 ms progress from the timing from which the said shielding member 2224a became "opening-closing". In addition, the effective period of the sorting special winning opening 2220 becomes effective from the timing at which the sorting large winning opening 2220 is opened, and invalidated after 3000 ms from the timing at which the sorting large winning opening 2220 becomes "open → closed". It is comprised so that.

  Next, FIG. 69 is a flowchart of the distribution winning prize winning port control process according to the subroutine of step 2200 of FIG. 20 in the first modification from the second embodiment. The changes from the second embodiment are steps 2250 (second), steps 2220 (second), steps 2450 (second change 1), and steps 2222 (second change 1) to steps 2226 (second change 1). Step 2400 (second variation 1) and step 2500 (second variation 1) The purpose is to execute discharge confirmation immediately before the start of the round in which the shielding member 2224a is to be driven. In the first modification from the second embodiment, the shielding member 2224a is driven only in one round (in this example, the 9th R) of the rounds related to the opening of the large prize winning opening 2220 during the special game. It is configured as follows. That is, in step 2250 (second change 1), the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 executes a winning ball / discharge ball management process described later, and shifts to step 2202.

  On the other hand, if the distribution control ongoing flag is off at step 2204, then the distribution winning prize port control means 1174 controls the shielding member drive round (the shielding member 2224a is driven at step 2220 (second modification 1) In this example, it is determined whether or not it is the 9th R). In the case of Yes at step 2220 (second change 1), the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 executes an ejection ball abnormality detection process, which will be described later, at step 2450 (second change 1). Next, in step 2222 (the second modification 1), the distribution large winning prize port control means 1174 determines whether the discharge ball abnormality flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 is off or not. It determines (when the discharge ball is abnormal, the shielding member driving round is not started). If Yes in step 2222 (second change 1), the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 resets (zero clears) the allotment prize number counter 1174 e and the discharge number counter 1174 f in step 2224 (second change 1). . Next, in step 2226 (second variation 1), the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and step 2206. Migrate to Also in the case of No in step 2220 (the second modification 1), the process shifts to step 2206.

  On the other hand, after the distribution preparation control process is executed at step 2350, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 executes distribution winning control process described later at step 2400 (second modification 1). Next, in step 2500 (second modification 1), the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 executes a shielding member drive control process described later, and shifts to the next process (the process of step 2550).

  Next, FIG. 70 is a flowchart of winning ball / discharge ball management processing according to the subroutine of step 2250 (second modification 1) of FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. First, in step 2252, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 refers to the allocation winning detection device 2221 and determines whether or not the detection device has detected a new ball. In the case of Yes in step 2252, in step 2254, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174 e (increment), and proceeds to step 2256. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2252, the process proceeds to step 2256.

  Next, in step 2256, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the discharged ball detection device 2224-2, and determines whether or not the detection device has detected a new entering ball. In the case of Yes in step 2256, in step 2258, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (increment), and proceeds to step 2260. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2256, the process proceeds to step 2260.

  Next, in step 2260, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the specific area insertion detection apparatus 2224-1 and determines whether the detection apparatus has detected a new insertion. In the case of Yes in step 2260, in step 2262, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 2202). On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2260, the processing shifts to the next processing (processing in step 2202). In addition, in the first modification from the second embodiment, during the execution of the special game, the shielding member driving round (the round where the shielding member is to be driven, and in this example, 9R) discharge ball abnormality at the start Is not detected, the counter values of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e and the discharging number counter 1174f are reset, so that the distributing winning prize counter 1174e and the discharging number counter 1174f are before the shielding member driving round. The total winning number and the discharging number of the rounds (1, 3, 5 and 7R in this example) related to the opening of the sorting distribution winning hole 2220 can be measured.

  Next, FIG. 71 is a flowchart of the discharge ball abnormality detection processing according to the subroutine of step 2450 (second modification 1) of FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. First, this flowchart has a configuration in which some processes are deleted from the flowchart of the discharge ball abnormality detection process of the second embodiment. First, in step 2454, the sorting winning prize port control means 1174 makes the counter value of the sorting prize number counter 1174e equal to the counter value of the ejection number counter 1174f (all the winning game balls are normally ejected ) Or not. In the case of Yes in step 2454, the distribution big winning opening control means 1174 determines that the discharge ball abnormality has not occurred in step 2458, and it is in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. The abnormality flag is turned off, and the process proceeds to the next process {the process of step 2222 (the second modification 1)}.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2454, in step 2462, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and is in the flag area of the distributed game related information temporary storage means 1197. , Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, in step 2464, the allotment large winning a prize opening control means 1174 sends a command to send to the sub main control unit 2320 a discharge ball abnormality command for notifying that discharge ball abnormality has occurred. The credit buffer 1301 is set (sent to the sub main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process of step 3200), and the process proceeds to the next process {process of step 2222 (second modification 1)}.

  Next, FIG. 72 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 in FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. The point of change from the second embodiment is step 2394 (the second variation 1), that is, after the sorting prize waiting flag is turned off in step 2378, sorting is performed in the step 2394 (second variation 1). The special winning opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution end permission flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and shifts to the next processing {processing of step 2400 (second change 1)}. Do. In the first modification from the second embodiment, it is configured not to execute the discharge confirmation at the end of the round related to the opening of the big prize winning opening 2220 in the special game.

  Next, FIG. 73 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2400 (second) of FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. First, this flowchart has a configuration in which some processes are deleted from the flowchart of the distribution winning control process of the second embodiment. First, at step 2436, the distribution large winning prize port control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the distribution control continuation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2436, in other words, when the sorting large winning opening 2220 is open or during the sorting winning waiting time, in step 2437, the sorting large winning opening control means 1174 is a sorting winning detection device It is determined whether 2221 (sorting winning combination entrance ball sensor) has detected a new ball entry. Next, in step 2438, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 sets a winning ball command to the winning ball payout control board 3000 side, and proceeds to step 2439. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2437, the process shifts to step 2439.

  Next, at step 2439, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 (specific area prize sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2439, in step 2440, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry into the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2440, in step 2441, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs a sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Next, in step 2442, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the probability change transition reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and the next process {step 2500 (second change 1)}. Even in the case of No in step 2439 or step 2440, the process proceeds to the next process {the process of step 2500 (second modification 1)}.

  As described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the round is not started at the time of the discharge ball abnormality, and therefore, in the present subroutine, the process related to the discharge abnormality is not provided. Since it is configured to end at the same time as the prize waiting time, the process in the specific area effective period of the second embodiment is not provided.

  Next, FIG. 74 is a flowchart of shielding member drive control processing according to the subroutine of step 2500 (second modification 1) of FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. First, in step 2530, the allotment large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allotment game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the shielding member drive control flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2530, in Step 2532, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is a value within a predetermined period A (for example, 0 ≦ A <29000 ms). It is determined whether or not there is. If Yes in step 2532, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a in step 2534, and shifts to the next processing (processing in step 2550).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2532, in step 2536, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a. Next, in step 2538, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns off the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 for the next processing (in step 2550). Process). In the first modification of the second embodiment, the opening manner of the shielding member 2224a is the same as the opening manner of the long opening B of the sorting large winning opening 2220, that is, 29000 ms.

  Next, FIG. 75 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing according to the subroutine of Step 2550 in FIG. 69 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. The change point from the second embodiment is the step 2562 (second change 1) and the step 2564 (second change 1), that is, in the step 2562 (second change 1) Reference numeral 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197 to determine whether or not the distribution end permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2562 (second variation 1), in step 2564 (second variation 1), the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. The minute end permission flag is turned off, and the process proceeds to step 2558.

  Next, FIG. 76 is a flowchart of the special game end control process according to the subroutine of Step 2900 in FIG. 20 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. The changes from the second embodiment are step 2909 (second variant 1), step 2450 (second variant 1) and step 2936 (second variant 1), that is, in step 2907, the end to the sub side After setting the demonstration display execution command, in step 2909 (the second modification 1), the special game execution control means 1173 sets the end demonstration execution time (in this example, 4000 ms) in the end demonstration execution timer 1173b, and the timer concerned And the process proceeds to step 2912.

  If it is determined in step 2912 that the timer value of the end demonstration execution timer 1173 b is 0, then the above-described discharge ball abnormality detection processing is executed in step 2450 (second change 1). As described above, the first modification from the second embodiment is configured to execute the discharge confirmation even when the special game end demonstration ends. Next, when the discharge ball abnormality flag is off in step 2914, in step 2936 (second variation 1), the special game execution control means 1173 resets the distribution winning prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f ( Zero clear), and the process proceeds to Step 2918.

«Function»
Next, the operation of the first modification from the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 77 to FIG.

<When special game is running>
In FIG. 77, description will be given focusing on “a certain plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a long open B unit game. Specifically, the sixth to seventh rounds of a special game (in this example, the special game relating to the 7A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the seventh round of the special game, the sorting large prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a “opens 29000 ms. Operate in the order of "closing". In this example, before the opening period of the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or sorting large winning opening 2220) in the special game is over, the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  First, FIG. 77 shows the operation contents of the round according to the first modification from the second embodiment, in which the opening mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long opening B and the presence or absence of discharge ball abnormality is not confirmed. It is a timing chart.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the sixth round of the special game), since the sixth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is released (29000 ms is opened). The discharged ball can always be detected while the special game is being executed.

  Next, at timing 2 in the drawing, the normal special winning opening 2120 is closed in response to the passage of 29000 ms from the opening of the normal special winning opening 2120, and the round end standby time is started.

  Next, at timing 3 in the figure, the seventh round is started because 200 ms, which is the waiting time for the end of the round (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), has elapsed since the closing of the special winning opening 2120. At the same time, since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the sorting prize winning port 2220 is opened (29000 ms is opened). In addition, the effective period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 is started with the start of the seventh round, but the drive of the shielding member 2224a and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are not started.

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the distribution special winning opening 2220 is closed in response to the lapse of 29000 ms from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), from the closing of the distribution winning prize opening 2220. Since the tenth round is an even round, the special winning opening 2120 is normally opened (opening of 29000 ms).

Next, at the timing of 6 in the drawing, the effective period of the distribution winning prize port 2220 ends.
<When special game is running>
In FIG. 78 to FIG. 79, description will be made by paying attention to “a plurality of rounds” in a “certain special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, the eighth round to the ninth round of a special game (in this example, a special game relating to the 7A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the ninth round of the special game, the sorting large prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a “opens 29000 ms. Operate in the order of "closing". In this example, before the opening period of the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or sorting large winning opening 2220) in the special game is over, the special winning opening (normal special winning opening 2120 or distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of special game running / in the case of discharge ball abnormality non-detection)
First, FIG. 78 shows the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open B according to the first modification from the second embodiment. It is a timing chart.

  First, at timing 1 in the figure (start timing of the eighth round of the special game), since the eighth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms is opened). The discharged ball can always be detected while the special game is being executed.

  Next, at timing 2 in the drawing, the normal special winning opening 2120 is closed in response to the passage of 29000 ms from the opening of the normal special winning opening 2120, and the round end standby time is started.

  Next, at the timing 3 in the figure, 200 ms, which is the total of the waiting time for closing the round (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), elapses from the closing of the special winning opening 2120, 1, 3, 5, 7R Since the total number of prizes and the number of discharges coincided and the discharge ball abnormality was not detected, the ninth round is started, and since the ninth round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened (29000 ms Will be released). Further, with the start of the ninth round as a trigger, the effective period of the distribution winning prize port 2220, the driving of the shielding member 2224a, and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are started.

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a are closed in response to the lapse of 29000 ms from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), from the closing of the distribution winning prize opening 2220. Since the tenth round is an even round, the special winning opening 2120 is normally opened (opening of 29000 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the effective period of the large allocation prize opening 2220 and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are ended.

(In the case of special game running / in the case of discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 79 shows the operation content when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the case where the opening mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long opening B according to the first modification from the second embodiment. It is a timing chart. The timings 1 and 2 in the figure are the same as those in FIG.

  Next, at the timing 3 in the figure, 200 ms, which is the total of the waiting time for closing the round (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), elapses from the closing of the special winning opening 2120, 1, 3, 5, 7R Since the total number of winnings and the number of discharges do not match, and the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the ninth round is not started, and the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality is waited. Next, at the timing 4 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, the ninth round is started, and the effective period of the distribution large winning opening 2220, the drive of the shielding member 2224a, and the effective period of the specific area 2224 And is started.

  Next, at timing 5 in the drawing, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224 a are closed in response to the lapse of 29000 ms from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the tenth round is triggered by the passage of 200 ms, which is the waiting time for the end of the round (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), from the closing of the sorting large winning opening 2220. Since the tenth round is an even round, the special winning opening 2120 is normally opened (opening of 29000 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the effective period of the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are ended.

  As described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the round in which the shielding member 2224a is driven among the rounds related to the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 (the ninth round in this example). The discharge confirmation is executed immediately before the start of the above, and when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the round is not started until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved.

<When the end demo is running>
In FIG. 80 to FIG. 81, description will be given focusing on “final round” and “end demo time” in “a special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, the end of the demonstration time will be described as an example from the 16th round of a certain special game (in this example, the special game relating to the 7A symbol). Here, in the case of this example, in the sixteenth round of the special game, the normal big prize opening 2120 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close”.

(When the end demo is being executed / Ejection ball abnormality non-detection)
First, FIG. 80 is a timing chart according to the first modification of the second embodiment, showing the contents of the operation when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected.

  First, at timing 1 in the figure (start timing of the 16th round of the special game), since the 16th round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms is opened). The discharged ball can always be detected while the special game is being executed.

  Next, at timing 2 in the drawing, the normal special winning opening 2120 is closed in response to the passage of 29000 ms from the opening of the normal special winning opening 2120, and the round end standby time is started.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the special game end demonstration is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has elapsed since the closing of the regular prize opening 2120. Time (4000 ms) is started.

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the discharge confirmation is executed triggered by the lapse of 4000 ms from the start of the special game end demonstration time, and the total number of prizes and the number of discharges are 9, 11, 13, 15R. In addition, in the special game in progress, since the discharge ball abnormality is not detected at the start of the 9th round, the total number of winnings in 1, 3, 5 and 7R and the number of discharges are the same, so the execution The total number of winnings and the number of discharges in all the rounds (odd rounds) pertaining to the opening of the distribution special winning combination 2220 in the special game in the middle match, the discharge ball abnormality is not detected, so the special game ends It will be.

(When the end demo is being executed / Ejection ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 81 is a timing chart according to the first modification from the second embodiment, showing the operation content when a discharge ball abnormality is detected. The timings 1 to 3 in the figure are the same as those in FIG.

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the discharge confirmation is executed triggered by the passage of 4000 ms from the start of the special game end demonstration time, and the total winning number in 9, 11, 13, 15 R matches the discharge number Since the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected, the special game end demonstration time is extended.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality has been resolved, the extended special game end demo time ends, and the special game ends with the end of the special game end demo time. Become.

  As described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the discharge confirmation is executed at the end of the special game end demonstration time, and when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the demo is completed until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. The time is extended, and the special game does not end (the game does not progress, for example, there is a hold, or there has been entering the first main game start port 2210 or the second main game start port 2110 Also in the case, the variation of the main game symbol does not start).

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modification from the second embodiment, the shielding member 2224a is driven among the rounds related to the opening of the sorting special winning opening 2220 at the time of special game execution. Shielding is a round that has a significant impact on the outcome of the game by performing a discharge check immediately before the start of the round (in this example, the ninth round) and at the end of the end demonstration time of the special game being executed. In addition to being able to confirm the discharge of the special game as a whole and the minimum number of discharge confirmations (two times in this example), it is possible to open the distribution prize winning opening 2220 in the round where the member 2224a will be driven. Compared with the case where the emission confirmation is performed in all the rounds, the chance of delaying the start of the round due to the inability to obtain the emission confirmation can be reduced, and the special game is actually performed. Will be able to shorten the time, the player can proceed without stress game.

  In the first modification from the second embodiment, the discharge confirmation is performed immediately before the start of the round when the shielding member 2224a is driven and at the end of the special game end demonstration time, but it is not limited thereto. Further, it may be just before the start of the round in which the shielding member 2224a is driven, or may be another timing during the special game.

  In addition, the configuration of the first modification from the second embodiment is a special game (for example, all the open times of 1R to 5R are “52 ms, in which a short open (for example, an open of 52 ms) will be a plurality of consecutive rounds. Etc.) is more effective. When the special game is executed, a round (for example, the first R mentioned above) related to opening of a certain sorting large winning opening is ended, and opening of the next sorting large winning opening until the discharge confirmation concerning the round is obtained Since the start of the next round is delayed even if discharge abnormality does not occur if not configured to start the round (for example, the above-mentioned first R) according to the second embodiment, a modification example from the second embodiment By adopting a configuration such as 1, it can be configured that the delay does not occur.

  The shape and opening mode of the special winning opening in this example may be configured as follows. As a specific configuration, a mode is adopted in which the special winning opening electric accessory varies in the vertical direction with respect to the game board (game area). In other words, the prize winning opening electrical combination is almost completely buried in the game board (game area) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a retracted state) and from the game board (game area) to the vicinity of the transparent board. , And a state of protruding toward the player side (hereinafter referred to as an advanced state). Then, the prize winning hole electric combination is a box-like member that can accept a game ball protruding from the game board (game area) and flowing down the game area (the game ball that has entered the box-like member enters the prize winning opening. Plays a role to be a lid of), that is, when the winning opening electric symbol takes a retreating state, while it becomes possible to enter the game ball into the box-like member (and thus in the winning opening), the big winning When the electric motorized part of the mouth takes out, the game ball can not enter into the box-like member (that is, in the big winning opening) (this box-like member is in a substantially sealed state) It is also good. In particular, it is desirable that the configuration be applied to the first grand prize opening (a big prize opening provided below one of the two big prize openings).

  In this example, the special winning opening that is to be opened when the special game is executed is configured such that the sorting large winning opening 2220 is open in the odd round and the normal special winning opening 2120 is open in the even round, It may be configured such that the normal prize winning opening 2120 is opened in the odd-numbered round and the distribution big winning opening 2220 is opened in the even-numbered round. Further, the positional relationship between the normal winning combination opening 2120 and the allotment large winning combination opening 2220 may be reversed.

  Although the pachinko gaming machine in this example is configured to determine the presence or absence of occurrence of the discharge ball abnormality depending on whether the counter values of the distribution prize number counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f coincide with each other, The determination method of the said discharge ball abnormality is not limited to this, For example, the prize / discharge number counter which can measure both a winning ball and a discharge ball is provided (the initial value of a counter value is set to 0), When a ball is detected, 1 is added to the counter value, and when a discharge ball is detected, 1 is subtracted from the counter value. When the counter value is 0, the number of winnings and the discharge are made. You may comprise so that it may determine with the number agree | coinciding (it becomes a discharge ball abnormality when the said counter value is not 0). In such a configuration, the counter is not reset when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected (or eliminated) at the start of the shielding member driving round (in this example, 9R). Is desirable.

Third Embodiment
In the present embodiment, a round for opening the second big prize opening having the specific area and a round for opening the first big prize opening not having the specific area are set using a plurality of big prize openings. Thus, only in a predetermined round, it is configured to execute a distributed game that causes a game ball to enter a specific area (acquires the right to transition to a probability-variable game state after the end of a special game). Even in a gaming machine having only one large winning opening without limitation, it is possible to configure to execute the sorting game only in a predetermined round. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is taken as a third embodiment, and only differences from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  In the gaming machine according to the third embodiment, the special game control means 1170 measures a discharge standby time which is a time for waiting until the game ball is discharged after the opening of the big winning opening 2120 is finished. A discharge waiting timer 1174d for counting and a discharge number counter 1174f for counting discharged balls.

  First, FIG. 82 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. In the third embodiment, only one large winning opening is provided as a large winning opening 2120, and a special area 2224 in which gaming balls can enter is provided inside the large winning opening 2120 (special By entering the game ball into the specific area 2224 within a predetermined period of time during the game, it is determined to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game). In addition, it is a member relating to the possibility of entering the specific area 2224 of the gaming ball, and in the open state, the gaming ball can easily enter the specific area 2224, and in the closed state, the gaming ball is the specific area Shield member 2224a that is difficult to enter (or cannot enter) 2224 (not shown in the figure, but when the specific area 2224 is in the form of a entrance, the valve member that covers the entrance Such a member). As shown in the figure, the game balls that flow down the right side (based on the center of the game area) of the game area 120 are easily induced to the big winning opening 2120, and flow down the left side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area). It is configured that the game ball to be guided is difficult to be guided (however, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball flowing down both may be easily guided).

  Next, FIG. 83 is a flowchart of special game control processing according to the subroutine of step 1600 (third) (corresponding to step 2100 of FIG. 11 in this embodiment) in the third embodiment. First, in step 1602, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 1602, in other words, if the discharge ball is not abnormal, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b in step 1604 and the discharge standby flag is off. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1604, in step 1606, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the special game transition permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1606, in step 1608 and step 1610, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the special game transition permission flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and special game. Turn on the execution flag. Next, in step 1612, the special game execution control means 1173 sets an initial value (1 in this example) to the round number counter (not shown) in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Next, in step 1614, the special game execution control means 1173 sets a command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting information (special game start display instruction command) to the effect of starting a special game to the sub main control unit side. (Sent to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200), and proceeds to step 1950 (third).

  On the other hand, if No in step 1606, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b in step 1616 to determine whether the special game execution flag is on. Then, in the case of Yes in step 1616, the process shifts to step 1950 (third). In the case of No in step 1616, the special game execution control unit 1173 determines that the special game permission is not granted, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 3000).

  Next, in step 1950 (third), the special game execution control means 1173 executes a round execution initial process, which will be described later. Next, in step 1618, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the counter value of the winning number counter 1175d and determines whether or not a predetermined number (for example, 10 balls) of winning balls have been present in the big winning opening 2120 in the round. Do. In the case of Yes in step 1618, the process proceeds to step 1622. On the other hand, if No in step 1618, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game timer 1176t (especially the open time timer) in step 1620 and the predetermined time for opening the special winning opening has elapsed (set) It is determined whether or not the big winning opening by the opening pattern has been completed). Also in the case of Yes in step 1620, the process proceeds to step 1622. In the case of No at step 1620, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000).

  Next, in step 1622, the special game execution control means 1173 stops the driving of the large winning opening electric combination 2122 of the large winning opening 2120 and closes the large winning opening 2120 (opening of the large opening opening electric combination 2122) The special winning opening 2120 is configured to be opened only during a period in which the solenoid according to the above is excited). Next, in step 1624, the special game execution control unit 1173 resets a special game timer 1176t (particularly, an opening time timer). Next, in step 1626, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Next, in step 1628, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the discharge standby timer 1174d to a predetermined value (in this example, the gaming ball entered into the special winning opening 2120 is a specific area entry sensor or an exit ball detection sensor). 2540 ms), which is a sufficient time detected in this manner, is set and started. Next, in step 1629, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the discharge waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and proceeds to step 1630. Also in the case of No at step 1604, the process moves to step 1630.

  Next, in step 1630, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the discharge standby timer 1174d and determines whether the timer value is 0 or not. In the case of Yes in step 1630, in step 1632, the special game execution control means 1173 is currently performing a distribution game execution round (a round relating to whether or not the game ball can enter the specific area 2224, this example Then, it is determined whether it is the second and fourth rounds). In the case of Yes in step 1632, in step 1634, the special game execution control unit 1173 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area 2224 in the currently executed round. In the case of Yes in step 1634, in step 1636, the special game execution control means 1173 turns on the main game probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, and proceeds to step 1638. Even when the result of step 1604, step 1632 or step 1634 is No, the process moves to step 1638. In the case of No at step 1630, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000).

  Next, in step 1638, the special game execution control means 1173 controls the main game state command (for example, the information regarding the number of rounds currently being executed, the number of winning balls, etc.) during the current special game, sub main Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Next, in step 1640, the special game execution control means 1173 receives a winning number counter 1175d (counts the number of game balls entered into the big winning opening) and a discharged number counter 1174f {game balls discharged from the big winning opening. It refers to the number (for example, counting the number of game balls detected by the discharge ball detection sensor or the specific area insertion sensor)}, and determines whether or not the winning number matches the discharge number. In the case of Yes in step 1640, in other words, when the discharge ball abnormality has not occurred, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b in step 1641 and the discharge ball abnormality Turn off the flag. Next, in step 1642, the special game execution control means 1173 adds 1 (increment) to the counter value of the round number counter (not shown) in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 b. Next, in step 1643, the special game execution control means 1173 closes the shielding member 2224a to end the opening pattern, and proceeds to step 1646.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1640, in other words, when the discharge ball abnormality has occurred, in step 1644, the special game execution control means 1173 is in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, discharge Turn on the sphere abnormality flag. Next, in step 1645, the special game execution control means 1173 is for sending a command to the sub main control unit side to send a discharge ball abnormality command (a command related to information indicating that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred). The data is set in the buffer 1301 (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200), and the process proceeds to step 1646.

  Next, in step 1646, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the final round has ended (for example, the number of rounds in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b). It is determined whether the counter value of the counter (not shown) exceeds the maximum number of rounds). If Yes in step 1646, in step 1647, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b. Next, in step 1648, the special game execution control means 1173 sends a command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting information (special game end display instruction command) to the effect of ending the special game to the sub main control unit 2320 side. Set (sent to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Then, in step 1650 (third), the specific game control means 1180 executes a game state determination process after the end of the special game described later, and shifts to the next process (the process of step 3000). Also in the case of No at step 1646, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000).

  Next, FIG. 84 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process according to the subroutine of Step 1950 (third) in FIG. 83 in the third embodiment. First, at step 1952, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b and determines whether the round continuation flag is off, in other words, immediately before the start of each round. It is determined whether or not there is. In the case of Yes in step 1952, that is, immediately before the start of each round, in step 1954, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a round during distribution which is a distribution game execution round (in this example, the second R and 4 R). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1954, in step 1956, the special game execution control means 1173 determines whether or not the main game symbol currently stopped is the long opening symbol (in this example, 3B, 5B, 7A, 7B) Do. In the case of Yes in step 1956, in step 1958, the special game execution control means 1173 sets a distribution length release pattern (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 28800 ms open → closed) as the open pattern of the big prize opening 2120. Migrate to On the other hand, if No in step 1956, in step 1962 the special game execution control means 1173 sets a distribution short open pattern (52 ms open → closed) as the open pattern of the special winning opening 2120, and shifts to step 1960.

  Next, in Step 1960, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern A (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 31340 ms open → 2000 ms closed → 52 ms open → closed) as the open pattern of the shielding member 2224a. Transition.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1954, in other words, in the case of a round (normal round) that is not a distribution game execution round, in step 1966, the special game execution control means 1173 has a normal opening pattern as an opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120. Set (28800 ms open → closed). Next, in step 1968, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the open pattern B (always closed) as the open pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to step 1970.

  As described above, when the big prize opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length release pattern in the allocation game execution round (that is, in the round assuming entry into the specific area 2224), The total opening time (in this example, 52 ms + 28800 ms = 28852 ms) of the large winning opening 2120 in the sorting game execution round being opened multiple times is longer than the total opening time (28 800 ms) of the large winning opening 2120 in the regular round. It is comprised so that it may become. In addition, in the distribution game execution round that opens the special winning opening 2120 in the distribution length opening pattern, the total opening time of the special winning opening 2120 (in this example, 28852 ms) is the total closing time of the special winning opening 2120 In this example, the time is longer than 2600 ms. Furthermore, the maximum value for one opening time of the special winning opening 2120 (in this example, 28800 ms) in the round is longer than the maximum value of closing time of the special winning opening 2120 (in this example, 2600 ms). It is comprised so that it may become. With such a configuration, in the distribution game execution round, when the big winning opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length releasing pattern (that is, in the round assuming the entry into the specific area 2224), the big winning opening This makes it easier to enter a game ball in 2120. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and the opening aspect of the big winning opening 2120 etc. is not limited to this, for example, after performing short opening operation of 52 ms during a certain distribution game execution round, the game ball It may be configured to execute a long opening (for example, opening of 5000 ms) which is easy to hit the ball a plurality of times.

  Next, in step 1970, the special game execution control means 1173 clears the counter value of the winning number counter 1175d to zero. Next, in step 1972, the special game execution control means 1173 turns on the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Next, in step 1974, the special game execution control means 1173 drives the special prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the special prize opening 2120 to open the special prize opening 2120, and a special game timer 1176t (particularly, an opening time timer). To start the next process (the process of step 1618).

  Next, FIG. 85 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination processing after the end of the special game according to the subroutine of step 1650 (third) of FIG. 83 in the third embodiment. First, in step 1680, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and determines whether or not the main game probability change transition reservation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1680, in step 1682 the specific game control means 1180 turns off the main game probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 1652, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number A (80 times in this example) in the probability variation number counter 1181a. Next, in step 1654, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 1656, the specific game control means 1180 sets the time reduction counter 1181b a predetermined number of times (in this example, 80 times), and proceeds to step 1658.

  On the other hand, if No in step 1680, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 in step 1688, and the executed special game is a special game in which the time saving game state is won. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1688, in step 1690, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times A (80 in this example) in the time reduction counter 1181b, and proceeds to step 1658. On the other hand, if No in step 1688, in step 1686, the specific game control means 1180 sets the time reduction number counter 1181b a predetermined number of times B (50 times in this example), and proceeds to step 1658.

  At step 1658, the specified game control means 1180 turns on the main game time short flag in the flag area of the specified game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 1660, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and shifts to the next process (process of step 3000).

  As described above, in the third embodiment, the gaming ball does not enter the specific area 2224 during the special game, and after the special game, the non-probability fluctuation gaming state and the time shortening gaming state are shifted to In this case, if the gaming state at the time of the stop (big hit) of the main gaming symbol that has triggered the transition of the special game is the time shortening gaming state, the suspension of the main gaming symbol that has triggered the transition of the special game Compared with the case where the gaming state at the time (big hit) is a non-time-reduced gaming state, a greater number of times are saved. In this example, if a big hit is made during the time-saving gaming state, even if the probability varying gaming state is not reached after the special game related to the big jacking is finished, if the big winning is achieved, the probability varying game after the special game ends. As a remedy for not transitioning to the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game related to the jackpot in the gaming state that is supposed to transition to the state, the case of entering the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game Although configured to set the variable upper limit number of times in the time reduction gaming state the same number of times (in this example, 80 times), it is not limited thereto, a special game relating to a big hit during non-time shortening / non-probability fluctuation gaming state Transition to the probability fluctuation gaming state more than the upper limit number of changes (50 times in this example) in the time shortening gaming state when not transitioning to the probability fluctuation gaming state after completion The number of times of change (for example, 70 times) less than the upper limit number of times in the time-reduced gaming state (80 in this example) can be set as the upper limit number of times of change in the time-reduced gaming state as a remedy measure. May be

  Next, FIG. 86 is a main flowchart on the sub-control board 2000 side (particularly on the sub-main control unit 2320 side) in the third embodiment. The difference from the second embodiment is about step 2050 (third), and its purpose is to execute error notification. That is, in step 2050 (third), when the effect display control means 2320 receives an emission ball abnormality command from the main side, it is an error notification (for example, notification by voice, screen, illumination lamp, etc. Continue until cancellation is performed, and the process shifts to step 2100.

  Next, FIG. 87 is an operation diagram according to the special game (in particular, a timing chart according to the opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) in the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the third round (ordinary round) to the start of the fourth round (distribution round) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, at the timing 1 in the figure, the special winning opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (opening → closing of 28800 ms) triggered by the start of the third round of the special game, and the special winning opening 2120 The winning prize effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) is started (activated). Further, since the third round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is not opened and the specific area 2224 is not effective.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). The special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of gaming balls remaining in the large winning opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the large winning opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the large winning opening is closed). The winning prize effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the special winning opening 2120 continues.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, a sufficient period (1700 ms in this example) has passed after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the winning of the game ball in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. The winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid) with the opportunity of doing.

  Next, at the timing 4 in the figure, after the closing of the big winning opening 2120 (and the closing period), a sufficient period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) in which the discharge of gaming balls in the big winning opening 2120 is detected has elapsed. As a result, the presence or absence of abnormal discharge balls (whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls are different) is determined. Here, in the present example, since the case where the discharge ball abnormality is not detected is taken as an example, the discharge ball detection period ends. When an abnormal discharge ball is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended until recovery from the abnormal discharge ball (for example, the number of winning balls = the number of discharged balls or when the power is turned on again).

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (fourth round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). As a trigger, the fourth round will be started. The preparation period for the start of the next round is “preparation period when no discharge ball abnormality is detected” ≧ “preparation period when discharge ball abnormality is detected” {eg, when no abnormality is detected: 60 ms, when abnormality is detected : 4 ms (time for one interrupt) (in the event of discharge ball abnormality detection, processing relating to preparation for the next round can be executed during the extended discharge ball detection period).

  Next, FIG. 88 is an operation diagram according to the special game (in particular, a timing chart according to “long opening” of the big winning opening in the sorting round) in the third embodiment. In this example, an operation from the start of the second round (sorting round) to the start of the third round (normal round) in the special game relating to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, the upper part of the figure is a timing chart when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected. At the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the second round of special games, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing) The winning prize effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the prize winning opening 2120 is started (activated). Further, since the second round is a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 31340 ms open → 2000 ms closed → 52 ms open → closed) and to the specific area 2224. Entry valid period of is started.

  Next, until the timing of 2 to 3 in the figure, according to the opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120 and the shielding member 2224a, the big prize opening 2120 and the shielding member 2224a are temporarily closed. In addition, although it was constituted that the winning a prize effective period to big winning a prize mouth 2120 and the effective period to enter a specific area 2224 continue (become valid) during the temporary closing period, it is an example to the last, and it is limited to this For example, during the temporary closing of the big winning opening 2120 (and the shielding member 2224a) {or the progress of a predetermined period from the start of the temporary closing (for example, 1700 ms for waiting for winning, 1700 + 700 ms for waiting for discharging, etc.) After is the effect that winning in the special winning opening 2120 or entering the specific area 2224 is invalid (not to grant the right to shift to winning balls or probability fluctuation gaming state, count as the number of prizes and the number of discharges ).

  Next, at timing 4 in the figure, the opening of the special winning opening 2120 has ended (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls in the special winning opening). The special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). Then, the winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 (and the discharge ball detection period, the valid entry period to the specific area 2224) continues.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, a sufficient period (in this example, 1700 ms) for detecting the winning of the game ball in the big prize opening 2120 has elapsed after the big prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period). The winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid) with the opportunity of doing.

  Next, at timing 6 in the drawing, after the closing of the big winning opening 2120 (and the closing period), the discharge of gaming balls in the big winning opening 2120 (and entering the specific area 2224) is sufficiently detected. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has elapsed (or in accordance with a predetermined opening pattern), the shielding member 2224a is closed (and the subsequent opening pattern is discontinued), and entry into the specific area 2224 is effective. At the end of the period, it is determined whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (whether the number of winning balls is different from the number of discharged balls).

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, after the discharge ball detection period ends (discharge ball abnormality non-detection), the preparation period for the start of the next round (third round) has passed. As a trigger, the third round will be started.

  Next, the lower part of the figure is a timing chart at the time of discharge ball abnormality detection. Here, the operations in the lower part 1 to 5 in the same figure are the same as the operations in 1 to 5 in the upper part of the figure, so the description will be omitted.

  Next, at the timing a in the figure, after the closing of the big winning opening 2120 (and the closing period), the discharge of gaming balls in the big winning opening 2120 (and entering the specific area 2224) is detected sufficiently. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has passed (or according to a predetermined opening pattern), the shielding member 2224a is closed, and the ball entry valid period to the specific area 2224 is terminated, It is determined whether or not the number of winning balls and the number of discharging balls are different, and since the discharging ball abnormality is detected, the discharging ball detection period is extended.

  Next, at the timings from b to c in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern. Note that the opening of the shielding member 2224a is intended to eliminate the clogging of the ball, and it is added that the ball entering the specific area 2224 is invalid.

  Next, in this example, the case where the discharge ball abnormality is recovered at the timing d in the figure is illustrated, and the discharge ball abnormality is recovered (return from the discharge ball abnormality) at the same timing. The detection period ends. In addition, during the discharge ball abnormality of a to d in the figure, as soon as the discharge ball abnormality is recovered, the shielding member 2224a is closed (predetermined opening pattern is stopped) and the discharge ball detection period is ended, and a preparation period (for example, , 4 ms) will be started.

  Next, at the timing of e in the figure, after the discharge ball detection period ends (the discharge ball abnormality is not detected), a preparation period for starting the next round (third round) (in this example, Since the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the third round is started when 4 ms) elapses.

  Next, FIG. 89 is an operation diagram according to the special game (in particular, a timing chart according to “short opening” of the big winning opening in the sorting round) in the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the second round (distribution round) to the start of the third round (normal round) during the special game related to the big hit symbol “4A” will be described.

  First, the upper part of the figure is a timing chart when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected. At the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the second round of special games, the grand prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms open → closed), and the prize winning opening 2120 is won. The effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) is started (activated). Further, since the second round is a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 31340 ms open → 2000 ms closed → 52 ms open → closed) and to the specific area 2224. Entry valid period of is started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). The special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). Then, the winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 (and the discharge ball detection period, the valid entry period to the specific area 2224) continues.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, a sufficient period (1700 ms in this example) has passed after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the winning of the game ball in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. The winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid) with the opportunity of doing.

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, after the closing of the big winning opening 2120 (and the closing period), the discharge of gaming balls in the big winning opening 2120 (and entering the specific area 2224) is sufficiently detected. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has elapsed, the shielding member 2224a is stopped from the subsequent opening pattern, the entry valid period to the specific area 2224 ends, and whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (winning ball) Whether or not the number of the discharged balls is different from the number of discharged balls).

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (third round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). As a trigger, the third round will be started.

  Next, the lower part of the figure is a timing chart at the time of discharge ball abnormality detection. Here, the operations in the lower part 1 to 3 in the figure are the same as the operations 1 to 3 in the upper part in the figure, so the description will be omitted.

  Next, at the timing a in the figure, after the closing of the big winning opening 2120 (and the closing period), the discharge of gaming balls in the big winning opening 2120 (and entering the specific area 2224) is detected sufficiently. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has elapsed, the valid entry period for the specific area 2224 ends, and whether there is an abnormal discharge ball (whether the number of winning balls is different from the number of discharged balls) Because the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended, and the opening based on the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a is also continued.

  Next, at the timings from b to c in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern. Note that the opening of the shielding member 2224a is intended to eliminate the clogging of the ball, and it is added that the ball entering the specific area 2224 is invalid.

  Next, in this example, the case where the discharge ball abnormality is recovered at the timing d in the figure is illustrated, and the discharge ball abnormality is recovered (return from the discharge ball abnormality) at the same timing. The detection period ends. In addition, during the discharge ball abnormality of a to d in the figure, as soon as the discharge ball abnormality is recovered, the shielding member 2224a is closed (predetermined opening pattern is stopped) and the discharge ball detection period is ended, and a preparation period (for example, , 4 ms) will be started.

  Next, at the timing of e in the figure, after the discharge ball detection period ends (the discharge ball abnormality is not detected), a preparation period for starting the next round (third round) (in this example, Since the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the third round is started when 4 ms) elapses.

  With the configuration as described above, even in a gaming machine according to the third embodiment that has only one big prize opening, it is possible to go to a specific area provided in the big prize opening by a big hit symbol (and a round to be executed). By configuring the drive pattern of the shielding member that limits the entry of balls (for example, the drive pattern capable of entering the game ball in a specific area and the non-entering non-entry always closed) is different, a special game for each big hit symbol It is possible to set whether or not to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end. Further, by reducing the number of large winning openings, the number of members is reduced, and the production cost of the gaming machine can be reduced. In addition, regardless of the jackpot symbol, in the predetermined round (in this example, the second round and the fourth round), since the shielding member is configured to be driven in a predetermined opening pattern, the configuration of the game can be secured. It becomes.

  In the third embodiment, the shielding member 2224a performs an opening operation in a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing) regardless of the big hit symbol in the distribution game execution round, When a predetermined time elapses from the end of the opening, the execution of the predetermined opening pattern is stopped and the shielding member 2224a is closed to enter the specific area 2224 when the big winning opening is short opened and long opened. It is configured to have different ball ease (difficult to enter when short open, easy to enter when long open), but is not limited to this. While opening with the opening pattern (for example, opening → closing of 28800), (1) open the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a according to the big hit symbol “long opening: 31 40 ms open → closed ”and“ short open: 52 ms open → closed (the opening of the big prize opening and the opening of the shielding member are simultaneous, and the game ball that has entered the big winning opening reaches the shielding member. Since it is configured to require 52 ms or more, it is difficult to enter the specific area 2224), or (2) the open pattern of the shielding member 2224a is set to “long open: 31340 ms according to the big hit symbol”. (3) The purpose of not entering the specific area 2224 or invalid entering the game according to the jackpot symbol (not granting the right to transition to the probability-variable gaming state) It is also possible to determine that the number of discharged balls is counted).

(Modification 1 from the third embodiment)
In the third embodiment, in the sorting game non-execution round (normal round), the game ball is not allowed to enter the specific area by always closing the shielding member, but the invention is not limited thereto. Even when the shielding member is driven even in an open pattern in which entering a specific area is difficult, the same effect as that of the third embodiment can be obtained. Accordingly, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a first modification from the third embodiment, and only the changes from the third embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 90 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process according to the subroutine of step 1950 of FIG. 83 in the first modification from the third embodiment. The changes from the third embodiment are about Step 1966 (Third Modification 1) and Step 1968 (Third Modification 1), and the purpose thereof is to change the shielding member 2224a in the non-execution round (ordinary round). The game ball is driven in an open pattern in which it is difficult to enter the specific area 2224. That is, in the case of No in step 1954, in other words, in the case where the round is a non-execution round for distribution game (rounds other than the second R and fourth R), in step 1966 (third modification 1), the special game execution control The means 1173 sets a normal opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing) as the opening pattern of the big winning opening 2120. Next, in step 1968 (third variation 1), the special game execution control means 1173 sets an opening pattern C (52 ms opening → closing) as an opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to step 1970.

  Next, FIG. 91 is an operation diagram (in particular, a timing chart according to opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) according to the special game in the first modification from the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the third round (ordinary round) to the start of the fourth round (distribution round) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the third round of the special game, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing). The winning combination valid period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the special winning opening 2120 is started (becoming valid). Further, although the third round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → closing), and a ball entering effective period into the specific area 2224 is started.

  Next, according to the opening pattern of the special winning opening 2120 at the timing 2 in the drawing, the special winning opening 2120 is temporarily closed until the timing 3 in the drawing. Further, the shielding member 2224a is closed according to the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at timing 4 in the figure, the opening of the special winning opening 2120 has ended (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls in the special winning opening). The special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). Then, the winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 (and the discharge ball detection period, the valid entry period to the specific area 2224) continues.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, a sufficient period (in this example, 1700 ms) for detecting the winning of the game ball in the big prize opening 2120 has elapsed after the big prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period). The winning prize effective period to the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid) with the opportunity of doing.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, when a sufficient period (1700 + 700 ms in this example) for detecting the discharge of game balls in the big prize opening 2120 has elapsed after the big prize opening 2120 is closed, While the presence or absence of the discharge ball abnormality (whether or not the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls are different) is determined, the entry period into the specific area 2224 is ended. Here, in the present example, since the case where the discharge ball abnormality is not detected is taken as an example, the discharge ball detection period ends. When an abnormal discharge ball is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended until recovery from the abnormal discharge ball (for example, the number of winning balls = the number of discharged balls or when the power is turned on again). Further, in this example, it is configured that the ball entering the specific area 2224 is valid until a predetermined period after the end of opening (and closing period) of the grand prize opening 2120 elapses. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when a predetermined period (for example, 1700 + 700 ms, which is a sufficient period for detecting a ball entering the specific area 2224) has elapsed from the end of opening (and closing period) of the shielding member 2224a, You may be comprised so that the ball-in to the specific area 2224 after that may be made invalid.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (fourth round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). As a trigger, the fourth round will be started.

  By changing as described above, in the gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the third embodiment, the game ball can easily enter the specific area as the opening pattern of the shielding member provided in the big winning opening. It has an opening pattern (opening pattern A) and a short opening pattern (opening pattern C) in which a game ball is difficult to enter in a specific area. Since the opening pattern and the short opening pattern are the same operation, even when the shielding member is driven with the short opening pattern, the big winning opening and the shielding member are driven with the long opening pattern (expectation of profits for the player). It is possible to give the player a sense of expectation) and to improve the interest of the game. In this example, the winning opening 2120 is configured to be opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing), but the present invention is not limited to this. The mouth 2120 may be configured to be opened according to an opening pattern (28800 ms opening → closing) in which the opening 2120 is opened only once. In that case, since the entrance of the special winning opening 2120 does not assume the entrance to the specific area 2224, even if the game ball enters during the release period, the game ball does not enter the specific area 2224. The opening mode of the shielding member 2224a and the internal structure of the big winning opening (for example, a game ball that has entered the big winning opening 2120 takes 52 ms or more until it reaches the shielding member 2224a that blocks entry into the specific area 2224. It is preferable to set it as the structure which has a required flow path.

  The above embodiment and modification examples are merely examples, and the present invention is not limited to this. Based on the big hit symbol (or the big hit on the first main game side or the big hit on the second main game side) You may comprise so that the round (distribution round) which performs a split game may be determined. For example, in the case of a big hit on the first main game side, the distribution game may be executed in the sixth round, and in the case of a big hit on the second main game side, the distribution game may be executed in the fourth round. In the case of a big hit on the first main game side, the minimum execution round number in the special game is 6 rounds, and in the case of a big hit on the second main game side, the minimum execution round number in the special game is 4 rounds (that is, rounds). A sorting game can be executed by any jackpot by configuring the sorting game to be executed in a round equal to or less than the minimum number of rounds displayed on the number indicator light.

  Note that this example is merely an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and a special game execution round may be provided in which the special winning opening (and the specific area 2224) is opened only for a very short time (for example, 52 ms). (In this case, since it is not assumed that a ball enters the specific area 2224 in the round, the shielding member 2224a prevents the game ball from entering the specific area 2224 even if the game ball enters during the opening period. It is preferable to have an open mode and a configuration inside the big winning opening). Moreover, since it is difficult for a player to acquire a ball by opening of the said very short time when comprised in that way, on effect display apparatus 2140, "from the number of rounds of an actual special game, “The number of rounds that will be opened for a very short period of time” can be notified that a round that makes it easy to win a ball will be executed {for example, winning a ball scheduled to be executed during the special game A configuration that displays images of balls for the number of easy rounds and performs an effect such that the display mode changes (or disappears) each time a round of easy winning is started (or finished) You may Further, the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be configured to display, on the effect display device 2140, a round for which it is easy to obtain a ball, which has already been executed during the special game. By configuring in this manner, the player can visually recognize how many rounds for which a ball can be substantially obtained can be executed. In the special game, it is not necessary to execute the notification of the round that is easy to acquire the planned withdrawal balls and the notification of the rounds that are easy to acquire the executed balls in all the special games, for example, the first hit It may be configured to be executed only during a special game at the time of (a jackpot won in a non-stochastic game state and a time-reduced game state), or according to a special game related to the first main game side and a second main game side The presence or absence of execution may differ depending on the special game.

  In addition, in the third embodiment and the modified example 1 from the third embodiment, the mode in which only one big prize opening is provided has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The specific area (and the shielding member) may be provided also in the (or plural) big winning opening. In such a configuration, it is possible to increase the variation of the execution mode of the special game by changing the ease of entering the respective winning holes, the number of winning balls, and the like.

  In addition, in the third embodiment and the modified example 1 from the third embodiment, the so-called tamasei type gaming machine has been described. However, in these examples, the big winning opening and the opening mode of the shielding member (and the specific area) are described. The concept is related to certain benefits (especially points other than the prize ball, such as the right to transition to special games, the right to perform a subsequent round, time reduction, etc.) by entering a specific area in the special winning opening The right to transition to the gaming state and / or the probability variation gaming state (or the number of continuous upper limit fluctuations in the short time / probability variation state), and other predetermined gaming states (for example, variation modes and / or effects of the main gaming symbol and the auxiliary gaming symbol) , Etc.) (for example, conventional two types of gaming machines and one type of one type small per game development type). Even for It can keep supplement that it is.

Fourth Embodiment
In the third embodiment, the distribution game execution round related to whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area and the normal round in which the game ball does not enter the specific area are executed using only one big winning opening. However, such a configuration is not limited to this, and the allocation game execution round and the normal round using only one big winning opening are executed with a configuration different from the third embodiment. It is possible to configure. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is taken as a fourth embodiment, and only differences from the third embodiment will be described in detail below.

  In the fourth embodiment, a round waiting timer 1177t for measuring the round waiting time, which is the time between rounds at the time of executing the special game, and a big winning that detects a game ball entering the big winning opening 2120. A mouth winning detection device 2121, a big winning mouth discharge ball detecting device 2124 for detecting game balls discharged from the big winning port 2120, and a winning number counter 1175d for counting the number of game balls that enter the big winning port 2120. And an ejection number counter 1174f for counting the number of gaming balls ejected from the inside of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the number of gaming balls detected by the ejection ball detection sensor or the specific area ball entry sensor).

  First, FIG. 92 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 1600 (third) in the fourth embodiment. Differences from the third embodiment are step 1649-1 (fourth) to step 1649-7 (fourth), step 3050 (fourth), and step 1950 (fourth), that is, discharging in step 1602 If the ball abnormality flag is off, in step 1649-1 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the round standby timer 1177t, and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1649-1 (fourth), the process proceeds to step 1604, and in the case of No, it is determined that the round waiting time is in progress, and the process proceeds to the next process (process in step 3000).

  In addition, after setting the special game start display instruction command in step 1614, or when the special game execution flag is on, in step 3050 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 describes the discharge status, which will be described later. Execute setting processing. Next, in step 1950 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 executes round execution initial processing described later, and proceeds to step 1618.

  Also, after turning off the round continuation flag in step 1626, in step 1649-2 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and the round currently being executed is determined. It is determined whether it is a discharge ball abnormality determination round. Here, the discharge ball abnormality determination round is (1) a round immediately before the allocation game execution round (the third round in the fourth embodiment), and (2) an allocation game execution round (in the fourth embodiment). , The fourth round), and (3) the final round (in the fourth embodiment, the sixteenth round). Although details will be described later, this configuration makes it possible to minimize the opportunity (round) to determine whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred and to make the time between rounds relatively short. , Is configured to be able to shorten the execution time of the special game.

  If Yes in step 1649-2 (the fourth), in step 1649-3 (the fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 uses the timer value of the discharge standby timer 1174d to execute the discharge monitoring execution time (monitoring of the discharge ball abnormality This is a discharge standby time for execution, which is longer than when the discharge ball abnormality is not monitored. In this example, 3000 ms) is set to start the timer, and the process proceeds to step 1629. On the other hand, if No in step 1649-2 (the fourth), in step 1649-4 (the fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 sets the timer value of the discharge standby timer 1174d to the discharge monitoring non-execution time (discharge ball abnormality This is a discharge waiting time when no monitoring is performed, and is shorter than when the monitoring of the discharge ball abnormality is performed. In this example, 940 ms) is set and the timer is started. Transition.

  In step 1638, after setting the game state information command related to the special game, in step 1649-5 (fourth), the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, It is determined whether or not the round currently being executed is a discharge ball abnormality determination round. In the case of Yes in step 1649-5 (fourth), the process proceeds to step 1640 to execute a process for determining whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and in the case of No, the process proceeds to step 1646.

  Also, after setting the special game end display instruction command in step 1648, the special game control means 1170 clears the set discharge status in step 1649-6 (fourth), and shifts to step 1650. Here, the discharge status is a status (state) relating to the monitoring of the winning ball and the discharged ball during execution of the special game, and in this process, the discharge status is cleared when the special game is completed.

  If the final round has not ended in step 1646, in step 1649-7 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 sets a predetermined value (round waiting time in the round waiting timer 1177t). Then, 60 ms) is set to start the timer, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000). In the fourth embodiment, although only one type of 60 ms is used as the time value of the round standby time, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the round standby time and the discharge ball abnormality occur in the round in which the discharge ball abnormality occurs. It may be configured such that the round waiting time in the round that was not performed has a different time value. Further, although the details will be described later, the round standby time in the fourth embodiment is longer than the time required for the shielding member 2224a to be in the closed state from the open state (in this example, 20 ms). .

  Next, FIG. 93 is a flowchart of the discharge status setting process according to the subroutine of Step 3050 (fourth) of FIG. 92 in the fourth embodiment. First, in step 3052, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the discharge standby timer 1174d, and determines whether the timer value is larger than 0, in other words, whether or not discharge standby is currently in progress. In the case of Yes in step 3052, in step 3054, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and the currently executed round is the distributed game execution round (in this example, the 4th R). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 3054, in step 3056, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets “discharge waiting A” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. Note that “waiting for discharge A” is a discharge status when the player is waiting for discharge and is in a round other than the sorting game execution round. On the other hand, if No in step 3054, in step 3058, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets “discharge waiting B” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. In addition, "During discharge standby B" is a discharge status in the discharge standby state and in the distribution game execution round.

  If NO in step 3052, in step 3060, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the round standby timer 1177 t and determines whether the timer value is greater than 0, in other words, whether the current round is in standby. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in Step 3060, in Step 3062, the special game execution control means 1173 sets “Waiting for Round” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to Step 3070. Note that “round waiting” is a discharge status in the case of a round waiting time between a certain round and the next round of the certain round.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3060, in step 3064, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and the currently executed round is the distribution game execution round (in this example, the first game execution round) It is determined whether or not it is 4R). In the case of Yes in step 3064, in step 3066, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets “discharge monitoring in progress A” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. In addition, "Discharge monitoring A" is the discharge monitoring which is in the state of measuring the winning balls and the discharge balls to the special winning opening 2120, and the discharge status when it is a round other than the sorting game execution round. It has become. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3064, in step 3068, the special game execution control means 1173 sets “discharge monitoring B” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. Note that “emission monitoring B” is an emission status in the case where the emission monitoring is in a state of measuring the winning ball and the discharging ball to the grand prize winning opening 2120 and the game is a distribution game execution round. Yes. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, one of the discharge statuses is set during the special game execution, and the discharge statuses “A and B during discharge monitoring”, which are the discharge statuses related to the discharge monitoring, are set. Set according to whether or not the round being executed is a sorting game execution round, such as “monitoring B” and the discharge status “discharge standby A” and “discharge standby B” that are related to discharge standby Emission status may be different.

  Next, at step 3070, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the set discharge status, and whether the currently set discharge status is "discharge waiting B" or "discharge monitoring" or not Determine. In the case of Yes in step 3070, in step 3072, the special game execution control means 1173 executes vibration sensor monitoring, and proceeds to the next process {step 1950 (fourth) process}. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3070, in step 3074, the special game execution control unit 1173 does not perform monitoring of the vibration sensor 500, and proceeds to the next process {process of step 1950 (fourth)}. As described above, the fourth embodiment is configured to determine whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is to be monitored based on the set discharge status, and the discharge status is “waiting for discharge A” even when waiting for discharge. Whether the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is performed differs depending on whether it is "During waiting for discharge B", and whether the discharge status is "During monitoring for discharge A" or "During monitoring of discharge B" even during discharge monitoring Whether the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is performed differs depending on whether With this configuration, the vibration sensor 500 can be monitored only in the distribution game execution round that is important for the increase / decrease in the number of balls, that is, the vibration sensor 500 is monitored in a situation that is important in terms of security. As well as a fairer gaming machine, and in a less important security situation, by not monitoring the vibration sensor 500, it is possible to reduce the execution time of the special game. It becomes. Further, by determining whether or not to monitor the vibration sensor 500 using the discharge status, the monitoring can be executed without providing a flag for determining whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is monitored. It is possible to reduce the volume of data used by the machine.

  Next, FIG. 94 is a flowchart of round execution initial processing according to the subroutine of step 1950 (fourth) of FIG. 92 in the fourth embodiment. First, in step 1976-1, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b to determine whether the round continuation flag is off, in other words, the start of each round. It is determined whether it is immediately before. In the case of Yes in Step 1976-1, in Step 1976-2, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, and in the current distribution game execution round (in this example, 4R). Determine if there is. In the case of Yes in step 1976-2, in step 1976-3, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and the currently stopped main game symbol is a long open symbol (in this example, , 3B, 5A, 5B, 7A, 7B). In the fourth embodiment, there are three types of jackpot symbols: the first main game jackpot symbol “4A / 5A / 7A” and the second main game jackpot symbol “3B / 5B / 7B”. The long open symbol (a big hit symbol in which a big hit is made to open the big winning opening 2120 so that a game ball can easily enter the specific area 2224 in the distribution game execution round) is “3B, 5A, 5B, 7A”. -7B ", and the short-open symbol (a big-hit symbol in which a big hit that opens the big winning opening 2120 is executed so that the game ball is difficult to enter the specific area 2224 in the distributed game execution round) is" 4A " It has become. In the case of Yes in Step 1976-3, in Step 1976-4, the special game execution control means 1173 sets a distribution length release pattern (40 ms open → 3000 ms close → 28000 ms open → close) as the open pattern of the big prize opening 2120. And go to step 1976-6. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 1976-3, in Step 1976-5, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the distribution short opening pattern (40 ms opening → closing) as the opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120, and Step 1976 Shift to -6. Thus, in the fourth embodiment, the opening pattern of the big winning opening 2120 in the sorting game execution round related to the presence or absence of entering the specific area 2224 may be different depending on the jackpot symbol that triggers the jackpot. . Also, if the execution round of the big hit is different, the opening pattern of the big winning opening 2120 of the sorting game execution round may be different.

  Next, in step 1976-6, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern A (40 ms opening → 3000 ms closing → 31000 ms opening → closing) as the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to step 1976-9. . In the fourth embodiment, the driving of the shielding member 2224a does not end the driving time (opening pattern), but if the round being executed is ended (when the round standby time is started) It is configured to kill.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 1976-2, in other words, in the case of a round that is not a distributed game execution round (a normal round that is a round other than the fourth R), in Step 1976-7, the special game execution control means 1173 The normal opening pattern (28000 ms opening → closing) is set as the opening pattern of the special winning opening 2120. Next, in step 1976-8, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the open pattern B (always closed) as the open pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and shifts to step 1976-9.

  Thus, in the fourth embodiment, as the opening pattern (opening and closing pattern) of the shielding member 2224a, when the execution round is the distribution game execution round, the opening pattern A, and when the execution round is the normal round The opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a may be different depending on the execution round, but is not different depending on the big hit symbol serving as a big hit trigger.

  Thus, in the sorting game execution round, when the big winning opening 2120 is opened in the sorting length opening pattern (that is, in the round assuming entering the ball into the specific area 2224), the big winning opening 2120 Opened multiple times, the total opening time of the big winning opening 2120 in this allocation game execution round (in this example, 40 ms + 28000 ms = 28040 ms) is the total opening time (28000 ms) of the big winning opening 2120 in the normal round and the distribution game execution The total winning opening 2120 in the round is configured to be longer than the total opening time (40 ms). Further, in the sorting game execution round in which the winning prize opening 2120 is opened with the distribution length releasing pattern, the total opening time of the winning prize opening 2120 (28040 ms in this example) is the total closing time of the winning prize opening 2120 ( In this example, the time is longer than 3000 ms. Further, in the round, the maximum value of the one-time opening time of the big prize opening 2120 (28000 ms in this example) is longer than the maximum value of the closing time of the big prize opening 2120 (3000 ms in this example). It is configured to be With such a configuration, in the distribution game execution round, when the big winning opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length releasing pattern (that is, in the round assuming the entry into the specific area 2224), the big winning opening This makes it easier to enter a game ball in 2120. In addition, this example is only an example, and is not limited to this, such as an opening mode of the grand prize winning opening 2120. For example, after performing a short opening operation of 40 ms during a certain distribution game execution round, You may comprise so that long opening (for example, 5000 ms opening) with easy entering may be performed several times.

  Next, in step 1976-9, the special game execution control means 1173 is the first in the current running round as a special winning opening valid period (a period in which entry of the gaming ball to the special winning opening 2120 is valid). The period from the big winning opening opening timing to 940 ms after the last big winning opening closing timing is set. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, the start timing of the special winning opening valid period is the first opening timing of the special winning opening 2120, and the end timing of the special winning opening valid period is the special winning opening 2120. Regardless of the opening pattern, it is the timing when a predetermined time (in this example, 940 ms) has elapsed since the last prize winning opening 2120 in the currently executed round was closed. In the fourth embodiment, the end timing of the end of the winning a prize opening is set to the timing when 940 ms has passed since the closing of the end of the winning a prize opening 2120. However, the present invention is not limited to this. As long as it is determined based on the pattern, the time value from the closing timing of the grand prize opening 2120 may be changed, or the final closing timing of the big prize opening 2120 may be reached. A predetermined time may be elapsed from the first opening timing.

  Next, in step 1976-10, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the period from the opening timing of the first shielding member 2224a to the closing timing of the last shielding member 2224a in the currently executed round as the specific area effective period. set. Thus, in the fourth embodiment, the start timing of the specific area effective period is the first opening timing of the shielding member 2224a, and the end timing of the specific area effective period is the final closing timing of the shielding member 2224a. It has become. In the fourth embodiment, the specific area effective period is configured to be effective from the first opening timing to the last closing timing of the shielding member 2224a. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the effective period is the shielding member 2224a. For example, it may be configured to be effective until a predetermined time elapses from the last closing timing of the shielding member 2224a, or may be determined from the first opening timing of the shielding member 2224a. It may be configured to be effective until time passes.

  Next, in step 1970, the special game execution control means 1173 clears the counter value of the winning number counter 1175d to zero. Next, in step 1972, the special game execution control means 1173 turns on the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Next, in step 1974, the special game execution control means 1173 drives the special prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the special prize opening 2120 to open the special prize opening 2120, and a special game timer 1176t (particularly, an opening time timer). To start the next process (the process of step 1618).

  Next, FIG. 95 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart relating to the opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, an operation from the start of the second round (normal round) to the start of the fourth round (sorting round) in the special game relating to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the second round of the special game, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (28000 ms opening → closing), and the big prize opening 2120 The winning prize effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) is started (activated). In addition, since the second round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is not opened, and the specific area 2224 is not effective. In addition, “discharge monitoring in progress A” is set as the discharge status (set at the start of the first round).

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). The special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for the detection (and discharge) of the game ball remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (or a closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). The winning prize effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the special winning opening 2120 continues. In addition, as described above, the time for which the winning a prize effective period continues is from 940 ms after the closing timing of the special winning opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, a sufficient period (in this example, 940 ms) has elapsed after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the winning of the game ball in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. At the same time, the winning prize effective period for the special winning opening 2120 is ended (invalidated), and a round standby time is started as a preparation period for starting the next round.

  Next, at timing 4 in the drawing, the third round is started when 60 ms, which is the round standby time, has elapsed. In response to the start of the third round, the grand prize winning opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (28000 ms opening → closing), and the winning winning period of the big winning opening 2120 (and the discharge ball detection period) ) Is started (enabled). Further, since the third round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is not opened and the specific area 2224 is not effective.

  Next, at timing 5 in the figure, opening of the special winning opening 2120 is ended (for example, it is ended by completion of a predetermined opening pattern or entering of a predetermined number of balls to the special winning opening). The special winning opening 2120 is closed. Similar to the second round, the time during which the winning validity period of the big prize opening 2120 continues is 940 ms after the closing timing of the big prize opening 2120. In addition, “during discharge A” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status is switched from “discharge monitoring A” to “discharge waiting A”). As described above, in the fourth embodiment, “During discharge monitoring A” continues to be set as the discharge status from the start timing of the first round to the closing timing of the big winning opening 2120 of the third round, and thus the configuration The winning balls and the discharge balls to the special winning opening 2120 from the special game start timing to the timing at which the discharge standby time in the round immediately before the distribution game execution round (the third round in this example) is started. Monitoring (measurement) can be performed collectively, and the time between rounds when executing a special game can be shortened.

  Next, at the timing 6 in the drawing, the special winning opening valid period ends with the passage of 940 ms from the closing timing of the special winning opening 2120. Next, at timing 7 in the figure, triggered by the lapse of 3000 ms, which is the discharge standby time, from the closing of the special winning opening 2120, the round standby time is started as a preparation period for starting the next round. “During round” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status switches from “waiting for discharge A” to “waiting for round”).

  Next, at timing 8 in the figure, the fourth round is started when 60 ms, which is the round standby time, has elapsed.

  As described above, in the fourth embodiment, the discharge standby time is not provided in the first round to the third round, and it is determined whether the winning balls and the discharge balls are consistent or not. The determination of the presence or absence is not executed, and the winning balls and the discharging balls in the first to third rounds in the round immediately before the sorting game execution round (in the present example, the third round) It is comprised so that it may be collectively performed and determined whether the consistency of B can be taken.

  Next, FIG. 96 is an operation diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart related to the opening of the big prize opening in the distributed game execution round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation of the fourth round (sorting game execution round) will be described.

  First, the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” in the upper part of the figure, that is, the case where the open mode of the big winning opening 2120 is long open will be described in detail.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the fourth round of the special game, the winning prize opening 2120 follows the distribution length release pattern (40 ms open → 3000 ms closed → 28000 ms open → closed). As it is opened, the winning prize effective period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the big winning opening 2120 is started (become valid), the shielding member 2224a starts to be opened, and the specific area valid period is started. Next, at timing 2 in the drawing, the first opening (opening of 40 ms) in the sorting game execution round is ended, and the first closing (closing of 3000 ms) is started. Also, the shielding member 2224 a is closed similarly to the special winning opening 2120. Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the first closing in the sorting game execution round is completed, and the second opening (28000 ms opening) is started. Further, the shielding member 2224a is also opened similarly to the special winning opening 2120. Next, at the timing 4 in the figure, the second opening (28000 ms opening) in the sorting game running round is ended, and the second closing (last closing) in the sorting game running round is started. , Discharge standby time (in this example, 3000 ms) is started. In addition, “during discharge B” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status switches from “during monitoring B” to “discharged B”). As described above, in the fourth embodiment, even during discharge monitoring, the discharge status in the distribution game execution round is “During discharge monitoring B”, and a discharge status different from “During discharge monitoring A” in the normal round It has become.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, when the 940 ms has elapsed since the last closing in the sorting game execution round of the big winning opening 2120, the big winning opening effective period ends. Next, at timing 6 in the figure, the drive of the shielding member 2224a ends and the effective period of the specific area 2224 ends, and the round standby time (60 ms in this example) starts because the discharge standby time has elapsed. Is done. Next, at 7 in the drawing, the fifth round is started when the round standby time (60 ms in this example) has elapsed. In the fourth embodiment, and in the fourth embodiment, the round standby time starts from the timing when the shielding member 2224a changes from the opened state to the closed state (timing 6 in the figure), and the shielding member 2224a is closed. Since the time required from the start to the closing time is 20 ms, which is shorter than the round waiting time of 60 ms, the shielding member is required until the next round (fifth round) is started. The closure of 2224a is configured to be complete. By configuring in this way, the shielding member 2224a is not fully closed even after the next round (the fifth round) of the sorting game execution round (the fourth round in this example) is started. It is possible to prevent an unintended situation in the design of the gaming machine such that a game ball that has entered the special winning opening 2120 enters the specific area 2224.

  Next, the case where the special game related to the big hit symbol “5A” in the lower part of the figure, that is, the case where the open mode of the big winning opening 2120 is long open will be described in detail.

  First, processing of the timing of 1 to 6 in the big hit concerning "5A" shown in the lower part of the figure is the same as the processing of timing 1 to 6 in big hitting concerning "7A" shown in the upper part of the figure. Detailed explanation is omitted because it is the action of Moreover, since the number of rounds to be executed is "4R", the "4th R" which is the sorting game execution round shown in the figure is the final round of the big hit concerning "7A". Therefore, since there is no next round in the “fourth R”, no round waiting time is provided, and the special game ends at the timing of 6 in the figure. Thus, in the fourth embodiment, in the sorting game execution round (in the present example, the fourth R), the execution time of the round may differ even if the opening and closing mode of the special winning opening 2120 is the same (“7A”) (40 + 3000 + 28000 + 140 + 800 + 2060 + 60 = 34100 ms) in the case of the big hit relating to “40 + 3000 + 28000 + 140 + 800 + 2060 = 34040 ms” in the case of the big hit relating to “5A”).

  Next, FIG. 97 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart relating to the opening of the big prize opening in the distribution game execution round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation of the fourth round (sorting game execution round) will be described during the special game relating to the jackpot symbol "4A", that is, when the opening mode of the big winning opening 2120 is short open.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, triggered by the start of the fourth round of special games, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to the short distribution pattern (40 ms open → closed) and the big prize opening A winning validity period (and a discharge ball detection period) to 2120 is started (becomes valid), the shielding member 2224a starts to open, and a specific area effective period is started. In addition, “during monitoring B” is set as the discharge status. Next, at the timing 2 in the figure, the first opening (opening is only one, opening for 40 ms) in the sorting game execution round is finished, and the first closing (the last closing) is started. At the same time, the discharge standby time (in this example, 3000 ms) is started. Also, the shielding member 2224 a is closed similarly to the special winning opening 2120. The time for which the winning a prize effective period of the special winning opening 2120 continues is from 940 ms after the closing timing of the special winning opening 2120. In addition, “during discharge B” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status switches from “during monitoring B” to “discharged B”). Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the big prize opening period ends when 940 ms elapses after the last closing in the sorting game execution round ends. Next, at the timing 4 in the drawing, the discharge standby time (in this example, 3000 ms) ends, and the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly ended, and the effective period of the specific area 2224 ends, and the special game ends Will be. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, in the distribution game execution round (in this example, the fourth R), the execution time of the round may be different (“4A”) even when the opening / closing mode of the big prize opening 2120 is different. In the case of a big hit relating to “40 + 140 + 800 + 2060 = 3040 ms”, and in the case of a big hit relating to “5A”, “40 + 3000 + 28000 + 140 + 800 + 2060 = 34040 ms”).

  Next, FIG. 98 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart relating to the opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the 14th round (ordinary round) to the end of the 16th round (ordinary round, the final round in the special game) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described. The description of the same parts as those of FIG. 95 in the operation of FIG.

  First, at the timing of 1 to 7 in the figure, the same operation as the second round (a normal round, which is a round which does not determine the occurrence of discharge ball abnormality) detailed in FIG. It is executed in 15 rounds (the timing 7 in the figure is the same as at the start of the third round). Next, at timing 8 in the figure, the release of 28000 ms is completed as in the 14th and 15th rounds, and the discharge standby time (in the 16th round, discharge is determined to determine the occurrence of discharge ball abnormality, The waiting time will be 3000 ms). In addition, “during discharge A” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status is switched from “discharge monitoring A” to “discharge waiting A”). In the fourth embodiment, as the discharge status, "A discharge is being monitored A" is the next round of the distribution game execution round from the start timing of the fifth round, and the big winning opening of the 16th round which is the final round of the special game. It keeps being set until the closing timing of 2120, and by this configuration, the special winning opening from the start timing of the next round of the sorting game execution round to the timing when the discharge standby time in the final round of the special game is started The winning balls and the discharging balls to 2120 can be collectively monitored (measured), and the time between rounds when the special game is executed can be shortened.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, when the 940 ms has passed since the closing timing of the special winning opening 2120, the special winning opening valid period ends. Next, at the timing of 10 in the figure, the special game ends when 3000 ms, which is the discharge waiting time, has elapsed since the closing of the special winning opening 2120. As described above, in the final round in the special game, there is no round waiting time because there is no next round. In the fourth embodiment, as in the case of "3B" described above, in the case of a big hit related to the long open symbol where the number of execution rounds is "4R", the "4th R" which is a sorting game execution round is Since it is the final round, there is no waiting time for rounds, and compared to the jackpots related to long open symbols where the number of execution rounds such as “7A” is other than “4R” In the example, the opening mode of the 4R) big winning opening 2120 is different (the closing time of the last big winning opening 2120 in the round is different, and the round execution time of the sorting game execution round is also different). .

  By configuring as described above, in the gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment, the opening / closing pattern of the shielding member and the specific area validity period are made to differ by round in the special game to be executed at one large winning opening. Thus, it is possible to configure both a sorting game execution round and a normal round with one big winning opening, and to determine whether there is an occurrence of a discharge ball abnormality (also referred to as a discharge ball abnormality determination round) It is executed in the round immediately before the game execution round, the sorting game execution round and the final round only, and the discharge ball abnormality judgment timing of the next discharge ball abnormality judgment round from the end of the judgment of the discharge ball abnormality (or at the start of the special game) By configuring to measure the winning balls and the discharging balls collectively, the discharging ball abnormality determination round is a round having only a large influence on the progress of the game. A game machine that can have a limited number of rounds, and can shorten the time between rounds other than the discharge ball abnormality determination round, shorten the execution time of special games, and execute special games with higher tempo. It can be done.

  In the fourth embodiment, although the number of ball entry and discharge to the special winning opening 2120 can be measured only during the special game, the present invention is not limited to this, even when the special game is not in progress. It may be configured to be able to measure the number of ball entry into the special winning opening 2120 and the number of discharge. Similarly, the determination of whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred may be performed when the special game is not being performed. As an example of such a configuration, for example, when "the fourth R" is the distribution game execution round, and during the normal time before the special game is executed (the special game is not executed) and during the special game The number of balls and the number of discharges with "1st R-3rd R" are collectively measured, and the judgment of the presence or absence of the discharge ball abnormality related to the number of balls and the number of discharges is executed in "3rd R". Measure the number of ball entry and the number of discharge only of "the 4th R", and execute the judgment of the presence or absence of the discharge ball abnormality related to the number of the ball entry and the number of the discharge in "4th R". The number of balls and the number of discharges from the 5th R to the 16th R (final round) are collectively measured to determine the presence or absence of a discharge ball abnormality related to the number of balls and the number of discharge in the 16th R (final round) It may be configured to execute.

(Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment)
In the fourth embodiment, a distribution game execution round related to whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area and a normal round in which the game ball does not enter the specific area are executed using only one big winning opening. The special game execution time is shortened by minimizing the discharge ball abnormality determination round, but such a configuration is not limited to this, and the fourth embodiment It is good also as a different structure. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a first modification from the fourth embodiment, and only the changes from the fourth embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 99 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process according to the subroutine of Step 1950 (fourth) in FIG. 92 in Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. The changes from the fourth embodiment are steps 1976-11 (fourth variation 1) and 1976-12 (fourth variation 1), that is, after setting the specific region validity period in step 1976-10, In step 1976-11 (fourth variation 1), the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and determines whether or not the currently executed round is a distributed game execution round. . In the case of Yes in step 1976-11 (fourth modification 1), in step 1976-9, the special game execution control means 1173 determines the first big winning in the round as the big winning opening valid period as in the fourth embodiment. The period from the opening timing to 940 ms after the last big winning opening closing timing is set. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1976-11 (fourth modification 1), the special game execution control means 1173 in step 1976-12 (fourth modification 1) is a period which is always valid as the special winning opening valid period (for example, , Set the execution time of the round, and shift to step 1970. As described above, in the first modification from the fourth embodiment, in the case where it is not the discharge ball abnormality determination round, the entry of the game ball into the special winning opening 2120 is always valid.

  Next, FIG. 100 is an operation diagram related to special games (particularly, a timing chart related to opening of a big winning opening in a normal round) in Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. In this example, an operation from the start of the second round (normal round) to the start of the fourth round (sorting round) in the special game relating to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described. In this figure, since it is similar to the action of FIG. 95 in the fourth embodiment, only the changes from FIG. 95 will be described in detail.

  First, in FIG. 100, since the change point from FIG. 95 is only the big winning opening effective period, if only the action of the special winning opening effective period is described in detail, ie, at timing 1 in the drawing, it is similar to FIG. In the figure, the prize winning period is valid, and thereafter, the prize winning period is valid at the timings 3 to 4 in the figure. At the timing 6 in the figure, the prize winning period is the same as in FIG. Becomes invalid, and the operation is similar to that of FIG. 95 thereafter. As described above, in the first modification from the fourth embodiment, in rounds other than the discharge ball abnormality determination round (the round immediately before the sorting game running round, the sorting game running round, the final round), Even during the round waiting), the winning a prize winning period remains valid.

  By changing as described above, in the gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment, in the special game executed at one big winning opening, the opening / closing pattern of the shielding member and the specific area effective period By making different by round, it is possible to execute both the distribution game execution round and the normal round with one big winning opening, and determine the presence or absence of the occurrence of the discharge ball abnormality round (the discharge ball abnormality judgment round ) Is executed in the round immediately before the sorting game running round, the sorting game running round and the final round only, and after the judgment of the discharge ball abnormality is finished (or at the start of the special game) from the next discharge ball abnormality judgment round It is configured to collect and measure the winning balls and the discharged balls until the discharge ball abnormality determination timing, and always keep the big prize opening between rounds other than the discharge ball abnormality determination round By making it effective, it is as if the first round of special games until the round immediately before the distribution game execution round, or the next round of the distribution game execution round to the special game last round is one round It can be shown to the player, and it can be noticed by whether or not a game ball enters a specific area in the distributed game execution round, and the tempo of the special game can be felt more lightly. .

  In addition, in the modification 1 from the fourth embodiment, even in the round standby time, it is configured to be a large winning a prize opening effective period, but even in such a configuration, by providing the round standby time An external terminal signal to be output to the outside of the machine can be output for each round (the output is turned off at the start timing of the round standby time and the output is turned on at the end timing of the round standby time).

  Although the fourth embodiment and the first modification from the fourth embodiment do not show the action when a discharge ball abnormality occurs, as exemplified in the present embodiment to the third embodiment, The next round may not be started until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, and the round standby time may be configured to be shorter than when the discharge ball abnormality does not occur, and the specific area validity period is (1) It may be invalidated from the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, (2) invalid from the drive end timing of the shielding member, or (3) invalid from the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. In addition, the driving of the shielding member ends at (1) the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, (2) the driving ends at the timing when the opening pattern of the shielding member ends, (3) the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is eliminated The driving may be terminated. In addition, (1) error notification is executed when the discharge ball becomes abnormal, and (2) a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) after the discharge ball becomes abnormal. In the meantime, the error notification may be performed when the discharge ball abnormality is not resolved.

(Modification 2 from the fourth embodiment)
In the fourth embodiment, a distribution game execution round related to whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area and a normal round in which the game ball does not enter the specific area are executed using only one big winning opening. Although it is configured so that the execution time of the special game is shortened by minimizing the round for judging the presence or absence of the discharge ball abnormality, such a configuration is not limited to this. The execution time of the special game can be shortened even with a configuration different from that of the fourth embodiment. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is set as a second modification of the fourth embodiment, and only the changes from the fourth embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 101 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of Step 1600 (third) in Modification 2 from the fourth embodiment. The point of change from the fourth embodiment is step 1649-8 (fourth modification 2) to step 1649-12 (fourth modification 2), and its purpose is to monitor the discharge ball abnormality every round during the special game execution. When the consistency between the winning ball and the discharging ball is confirmed, the next round can be started. That is, when the discharging ball abnormality flag is turned on in step 1602, step 1604 is performed. In step 1629-8 (fourth variation 2), the special game execution control means 1173 receives the winning number counter 1175d (when the discharge waiting flag is turned on or after the discharge waiting flag is turned on in step 1629. The number of game balls that enter the big prize opening is counted) and the discharge number counter 1174f {the number of game balls discharged from the big prize opening (for example, a discharge ball detection sensor or a specific area entrance sensor) The detected gaming ball number) by referring to the count}, determines whether the discharge speed and the winning number are coincident. In the case of Yes in step 1649-8 (fourth modification 2), in step 1649-9 (fourth modification 2), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, The discharged ball abnormality flag is turned off, and the process at the end of the round being executed in the processes after step 1632 is executed.

  On the other hand, if No in step 1649-8 (fourth modification 2), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the discharge standby timer 1174d in step 1649-10 (fourth modification 2), and the timer value is 0. It is determined whether the In the case of Yes in step 1649-10 (fourth modification 2), in step 1649-11 (fourth modification 2), the special game execution control means 1173 is in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, in step 1649-12 (fourth change 2), the special game execution control means 1173 sends a discharge ball abnormality command (a command related to information indicating that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred) to the sub-main control unit side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to (in the control command transmission processing in step 3200, transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side), and the process shifts to the next processing (processing in step 3000). Note that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000) also in the case of No in step 1649-10 (fourth modification 2).

  As described above, in the second modification from the fourth embodiment, it is monitored whether or not a discharge ball abnormality has occurred in each round during the execution of the special game, and a prize is awarded even if the discharge standby time has not elapsed. If the number and the number of emissions match, it is configured to be able to shift to the next round. In addition, even if the number of prizes and the number of discharges do not match during the discharge standby time, it is not determined that the discharge ball is abnormal, and the timing at which the discharge standby time has ended (the discharge standby timer value becomes 0) Thus, when the number of winnings and the number of discharges do not match, it is determined that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred.

  By changing as described above, in the gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the fourth embodiment, in the special game executed at one big winning opening, the opening / closing pattern of the shielding member and the specific area effective period By making different by round, it is possible to execute both the distribution game execution round and the normal round with one big winning opening, and determine the presence or absence of the occurrence of the discharge ball abnormality round (the discharge ball abnormality judgment round ) Is designated as all rounds during special game running, but it is also possible to make a transition to the next round if consistency between the number of prizes and the number of discharges can be confirmed during the discharge standby time. The time between rounds during the game execution can be shortened, and the execution time of the special game can be shortened as in the fourth embodiment.

  In addition, of the special winning opening in the configuration which enables execution of the sorting game execution round and the normal round (round other than the sorting game execution round) using one large winning opening described in detail in the third embodiment and later. As a mode, for example, when the game ball enters the big winning opening, as a detection device which the game ball passes, providing the 1st big winning a prize winning detection device and the 2nd big winning a prize winning detection device, When passing the first big winning opening winning detection device, the counter value of the ball entry number counter is increased by 1 similarly to the big winning opening winning detecting device used in the present embodiment, and the first big winning opening winning detecting device When it passes through the discharge port provided in the downstream of or the specific area (the game ball always passes either when the game ball is discharged from the big winning opening), the counter value of the discharge number counter is increased by 1 The second big prize winning prize winning detection If it has passed, both the counter value of the number-of-balls counter and the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter are incremented by 1 (the game ball that has passed the second big prize opening winning detection device is replaced with another detection device). It may be configured to be discharged without passing through. With such a configuration, a predetermined number of game balls that will close the prize winning opening due to less clogging even when a large number of game balls enter the prize winning opening in a short time. Can be designed to be executed in a short time, and the execution time of the special game can be shortened. In such a configuration, it is desirable that the game ball entering the special winning opening be configured to pass through the first large winning opening winning detection device more easily than the second large winning opening winning detection device. In the fourth embodiment, it is possible to determine whether or not a discharge ball abnormality has occurred (whether or not the number of winning and the number of emissions match) using the winning number counter 1175d and the discharging number counter 1174f. Although it is configured, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the number of winnings is counted in the fourth embodiment using one counter (for example, a winning / dispensing counter), the winning / dispensing counter value is incremented by one. Then, when counting as the number of discharges in the fourth embodiment, the entrance / exit counter value is decremented by 1, and when the entrance / exit counter value is 0, there is no discharge ball abnormality ( If the winning / ejecting counter value is not 0 {or a value greater than 0 by a predetermined number (for example, 3) or a predetermined number (for example, 3) , 3) or more small value In this case, it is determined that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred (the number of winnings does not match the number of dischargings, or the difference between the number of winnings and the number of discharging is a predetermined number or more). Also good.

<Summary>
The following concepts can be extracted (listed) based on the configurations shown in the above embodiments. However, the concepts listed below are merely examples, and concepts based on the additional configurations shown in the above embodiments may be added to these concepts, as well as the combination and separation of the listed concepts.

The pachinko gaming machine according to the present concept (1) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
And a specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball entered into the variable winning hole (for example, the large winning hole 2120) can enter.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Identification information display for controlling to stop display of the stop identification information of the identification information after the identification information is variably displayed in the identification information display unit based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140) Control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152);
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is more likely to be won than the predetermined probability A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (eg, specific game control means 1180);
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) and the total number of game balls discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) in one or a plurality of unit games. Based on the above, it is configured to execute an abnormality detection determination for determining whether or not an abnormality has been detected in a variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120),
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
When the abnormality detection determination is executed at the time of execution of the unit game that is the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game, in the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) in the unit game that is the predetermined execution time The said abnormality detection determination is performed based on the total number of the game balls which entered the ball, and the total number of the game balls discharged | emitted out of the variable winning a prize mouth,
When the abnormality detection determination is executed at the time of execution of a unit game that is an execution time other than the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of a special game, a variable prize opening (for example, a big prize opening 2120) in a plurality of consecutive unit games The abnormality detection determination can be executed based on the total number of game balls that have entered the game ball and the total number of game balls that have been discharged to the outside of the variable winning port (for example, the big winning port 2120). It is a pachinko game machine characterized by
Moreover, the pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (1) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
And a specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball entered into the variable winning hole (for example, the large winning hole 2120) can enter.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is more likely to be won than the predetermined probability A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (eg, specific game control means 1180);
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) and the total number of game balls discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) in one or a plurality of unit games. Based on the above, it is configured to detect the occurrence of an abnormality in a variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120),
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
When the unit game to be executed next time is a unit game that becomes an execution time other than the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the unit game that becomes an execution time other than the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game Is configured to be capable of detecting the occurrence of the abnormality when the unit game to be executed next time is the unit game to be the predetermined execution time while the occurrence of the abnormality is not detected. It may be a gaming machine.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (2) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball having entered the variable winning hole (for example, the special winning port 2120) may enter;
Vibration abnormality detection means (for example, vibration sensor 500) capable of detecting presence or absence of abnormality generation related to vibration applied to the gaming machine;
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Identification information display for controlling to stop display of the stop identification information of the identification information after the identification information is variably displayed in the identification information display unit based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140) Control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152);
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
A pachinko gaming machine configured to detect occurrence of an abnormality related to the vibration in a predetermined period during execution of a special game.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (3) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball having entered the variable winning hole (for example, the special winning port 2120) may enter;
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) and capable of being displaced between the first position and the second position, and when displaced to the first position, the member is moved to the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224). When the game ball is unable to enter or difficult to enter compared to the second position and is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) or is compared with the first position. And a variable member (for example, a shielding member 2224a) configured to facilitate entering the ball.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
In the case of displacing the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) located in the second position when ending a unit game to the first position, after the displacement to the first position is completed It is a pachinko game machine characterized in that the next unit game of unit game is started.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (4) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
And a specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball entered into the variable winning hole (for example, the large winning hole 2120) can enter.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Identification information display for controlling to stop display of the stop identification information of the identification information after the identification information is variably displayed in the identification information display unit based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140) Control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152);
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
When the identification information that triggers the execution of the special game is different, the opening / closing mode of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) at the time of execution of the unit game that is a predetermined execution time in the special game is different. It is a pachinko game machine characterized by obtaining.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (5) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball having entered the variable winning hole (for example, the special winning port 2120) may enter;
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) and capable of being displaced between the first position and the second position, and when displaced to the first position, the member is moved to the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224). When the game ball is unable to enter or difficult to enter compared to the second position and is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) or is compared with the first position. And a variable member (for example, a shielding member 2224a) configured to facilitate entering the ball.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
At the time of execution of the unit game which becomes a predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game, the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) positioned at the first position according to a predetermined displacement mode predetermined over time Is displaced to the second position,
At the time of execution of the special game, the displacement mode of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) in the first unit game which is a unit game other than the predetermined execution time, and the unit game other than the predetermined execution time The unit game is a pachinko game machine that is configured to be different from the displacement mode of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) in the second unit game in which the execution time is different.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (6) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
Variable winning opening entrance ball detecting means (for example, large winning opening winning detection device 2121) for detecting the entrance of a game ball to a variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120);
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball having entered the variable winning hole (for example, the special winning port 2120) may enter;
A specific area entering ball detecting means (for example, a specific area entering ball detecting apparatus 2224-1) for detecting entry of the gaming ball into the specific area;
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) that is displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when it is displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or A variable member configured to be difficult to enter compared to the second position and to allow a game ball to enter a specific area when it is displaced to the second position or to enter easily compared to the first position. (Eg, shielding member 2224a),
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
Even after the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) is closed when ending the unit game, entering of the game ball by the variable winning entering detection means (for example, the big winning opening winning detection device 2121) A winning detection grace period that is a period for which detection is valid, and a specific area entry that is a period for which the detection of a game ball is detected by a specific area entrance detection means (for example, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-2). There is a sphere detection grace period, and
The winning detection grace period is determined based on a predetermined opening / closing timing of the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120), and the specific area entering detection grace period is a predetermined displacement timing of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a). It is a pachinko game machine characterized by being determined based on the above.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (7) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
And a specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball entered into the variable winning hole (for example, the large winning hole 2120) can enter.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is more likely to be won than the predetermined probability A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (eg, specific game control means 1180);
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
During the execution of the special game, there are provided a plurality of winning detection periods, which is a period during which the entry detection of the gaming ball is made effective,
At least one of the plurality of winning detection periods is a pachinko gaming machine provided over a plurality of unit games that are executed times other than the predetermined execution times.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (8) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball having entered the variable winning hole (for example, the special winning port 2120) may enter;
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) that is displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when it is displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or A variable member configured to be difficult to enter compared to the second position and to allow a game ball to enter a specific area when it is displaced to the second position or to enter easily compared to the first position. (Eg, shielding member 2224a),
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) and the total number of game balls discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) in one or a plurality of unit games. Based on the above, it is configured to execute an abnormality detection determination for determining whether or not an abnormality has been detected in a variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120),
The total number of game balls entered in the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) and the variable winning opening even after the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is closed when the unit game is ended. (For example, the special winning opening 2120) A discharge standby period is provided, which is a period in which the total number of gaming balls discharged to the outside can be measured.
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
The discharge standby period is provided for all unit games in special games,
When it is determined in the abnormality detection determination that an abnormality has not been detected, the next unit game is configured to be executed,
When it is determined in the abnormality detection determination that an abnormality has been detected, the next unit game is configured not to be executed until it is determined that the abnormality has not been detected,
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) and the total number of game balls that have been discharged out of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) during the discharge waiting period. When they match, it is configured to determine that no abnormality has been detected in the abnormality detection determination,
At the end of the discharge waiting period, the total number of game balls that have entered the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) and the total number of game balls that have been discharged out of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) If it does not match, the pachinko gaming machine is configured to determine that an abnormality has been detected in the abnormality detection determination.
Moreover, the pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (8) is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a large winning opening 2120) capable of taking a closed state and an open state;
And a specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which the game ball entered into the variable winning hole (for example, the large winning hole 2120) can enter.
Random number acquisition unit (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1121, which acquires a random number based on entering a ball into the starting opening (for example, first main game starting opening 2210, second main game starting opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed in the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display portion 2131, the second main game symbol display portion 2231). Identification information display control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop display of stop identification information of identification information after fluctuating display;
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
The low probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a predetermined probability, and the high probability lottery state in which the result of the success or failure judgment is won with a higher probability than the predetermined probability Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. Equipped with
The number of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is one,
A pachinko game characterized in that the time from the closing of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) to the start of the next unit game can be varied when the unit game is ended. Machine.

100 gaming board, 102 outer frame 104 front frame, 106 transparent plate 108 door, 110 upper ball tray 112 lower ball tray, 116 launching handle 114 speaker, 122 outer rail 124 inner rail, 120 game area 2210 first main game start port, 2110 2nd main game start opening 2410 auxiliary game start opening, 192 center ornament 130 game ball induction rail, 132 distribution flow path 134 normal flow path, 142 out port 1000 main control device, 1100 game control means 1110 entering judgment means, 1111 1st main game start slot entering ball determining means 1112 second main game starting slot entering ball determining means, 1113 auxiliary game entering ball slot entering ball determining means 1120 random number acquisition determination executing means, 1121 first main game random number acquisition determination executing means 1122 Second main game random number acquisition judgment execution means, 1123 auxiliary game random number acquisition judgment execution means 1130 Stay control means, 1131 1st main game symbol holding means 1131a 1st main game symbol holding information temporary storage means, 1132 2nd main game symbol holding means 1132a 2nd main game symbol holding information temporary storage means, 1133 auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133a Auxiliary game symbol holding information temporary storage means, 1135 Pass / fail lottery means 1135a Special game transition decision means, 1135b Winning table 1135b-1 First main game pass / fail table, 1135b-3 Second main game pass / off table 1140 Symbol content determination means, 1141 first main game content determination means 1141a first main game content determination lottery table, 1142 second main game content determination means 1142a second main game content determination lottery table, 1143 auxiliary game content determination means 1143a Auxiliary game content determination lottery table, 1150 Display control means 1151 1st main game symbol control means, 1151a 1st main game symbol variation time management means 1151a-1 1st main game symbol variation management timer, 1152 2nd main game symbol control means 1152a 2nd main game symbol variation Time management means, 1152a-1 second main gaming symbol variation management timer 1154 main gaming symbol hold release control means, 1153 auxiliary gaming symbol control means 1153a auxiliary gaming symbol variation time managing means, 1153a-1 auxiliary gaming symbol variation management timer 1160 motorized role opening / closing control means, 1161 condition determination means 1162 opening timer, 1170 special game control means 1171 condition determination means, 1172 special game content determination means 1172a special game content reference table, 1172b opening / closing mode determination table 1173 special game execution control means 1173a Number of rounds Unter 1173b End demonstration execution timer, 1174 Distribution large prize opening control means 1174a Distribution round timer, 1174b Distribution prize waiting timer 1174c Distribution round end timer, 1174d Discharge waiting timer 1174e Distribution prize counter, 1174f Discharge number counter 1174 -1 Shielding member drive control means, 1174-1a special area winning standby timer 1175 normal large winning opening control means, 1175a normal round timer 1175b normal winning standby timer, 1175c normal round end timer 1175d normal winning number counter, 1180 specific gaming control means 1180 Specified game control means, 1181 Specified game end condition determination means 1181b Time-count counter, 1190 Game state temporary storage means 1191 First main game state temporary storage means, 1191a First flag one Memory means 1191b 1st main game symbol information temporary storage means, 1192 2nd main gaming state temporary storage means 1192a 2nd flag temporary storage means, 1192b 2nd main game symbol information temporary storage means 1193 auxiliary gaming state temporary storage means, 1193a auxiliary Game related information temporary storage means 1193b auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means, 1194 special game related information temporary storage means 1195 specific game related information temporary storage means, 1197 distribution game related information temporary storage means 1300 information transmission control means, 1301 command transmission Credit buffer 1400 Award ball payout determination means 2210 1st main game start opening, 2211 1st ball detection device 2130 1st main game symbol display device, 2131 1st main game symbol display section 2132 1st main game symbol hold display section, 2110 2nd main game start opening 2111 2nd main game start opening Ball detection device, 2112 motorized role 2230 second main game symbol display device, 2231 second main game symbol display portion 2232 second main game symbol hold display portion, 2120 normal large winning opening 2121 normal winning detection device, 2122 normal electric role combination Object 2220 Sorting large prize opening, 2221 Sorting prize detection device 2222 Sorting motor combination, 2224, specific area 2224a shielding member, 2224-1 specific area entrance detection apparatus 2224-2 discharge ball detection apparatus, 2410 auxiliary game entry Ball mouth 2411 insertion detection device, 2420 auxiliary gaming symbol display device 2421 auxiliary gaming symbol display portion, 2422 auxiliary gaming symbol holding display portion 2320 effect display control means (sub main control board), 2321 display information receiving means 2321a main side information temporary Memory means, 2322 decoration symbol display control means 2322a Imprint display content determination means , 2322a-1 drawing fluctuation content determination lottery table 2322c drawing display related information temporary storage means 2322d drawing fluctuation time management timer 2323 drawing hold information display control means, 2323a drawing hold information temporary storage means 2324 effect general information Temporary storage means, 2400 information transmission / reception control means 2310 Effect display means (sub-sub control board)
2450 Sub information transmission / reception control means, 2313 Image display control means 2311 Decoration symbol display area, 2312a First hold display section 2312b Second hold display section 3000 Prize ball payout control device

Claims (1)

The starting opening where the game ball can enter, and
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information;
A variable winning opening that can take a closed state and an open state,
A variable winning opening entrance detecting means for detecting a game ball entering the variable winning opening;
A specific area where the game ball entered into the variable winning opening may enter the ball,
A specific area entry detection means for detecting entry of gaming balls into a specific area;
A member attached to a specific area and displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or is compared with the second position. It is difficult to enter, and when it is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area, or a variable member configured to be easier to enter compared to the first position,
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number based on entry into the starting opening;
Pass / fail judgment means for executing a hit / fail judgment based on the random number;
Identification information display content determination means for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the success / failure determination;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means, the identification information display control means for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information after the identification information is variably displayed on the identification information display section,
When the result of the success / failure determination is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, until a predetermined number of balls entered into the variable prize opening or an opening / closing end condition for which a predetermined period elapses is satisfied, Special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable winning opening advantageous to the player;
A low probability lottery state where the propriety determination result is winning in a predetermined probability, at the time of the propriety of the determination result and a high probability lottery condition to be winning with high probability than the predetermined probability, the special game execution Lottery state control means for controlling so that a high probability lottery state can be obtained after completion of execution of the special game when there is a ball entering a specific area at the time of execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time ;
An abnormality determining means for measuring a winning ball and a discharging ball to the variable winning opening during execution of the special game, and determining an abnormality when the consistency cannot be obtained ;
The number of variable winning openings is one,
Even after the variable winning opening is closed when ending the unit game, a winning detection grace period, which is a period during which the ball entering detection of the gaming ball by the variable winning opening entering detection means is valid, and the specific area entering detection A specific area entrance detection grace period, which is a period for validating the entrance detection of the game ball by means,
The winning detection grace period is determined based on the predetermined opening / closing timing of the variable winning winning opening, and the specific area entering detection detection grace period is configured based on the predetermined displacement timing of the variable member ,
A plurality of determination periods for measuring the winning balls and the discharging balls to the variable winning opening determined by the abnormality determining means are provided,
A pachinko gaming machine , wherein at least one of the plurality of determination periods is provided over a plurality of unit games which are executed times other than the predetermined execution times .

Images